Top Banner
130

Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

May 31, 2020

Download

Documents

dariahiddleston
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Air Preparation Group3309 John Conley DriveLapeer, Michigan 48446

(810) 667-3900Fax (810) 667-3902

Numatics Incorporated1450 North Milford Road

Highland, Michigan 48357-4560

(248) 887-4111Fax (248) 887-9190

LTFRLPROD-3

Visit Numatics on the Web at:

www.numatics.com· Order Online ·

· View, Download or Print Catalogs ·

· Download CAD Models ·

· Locate Your Local Distributor ·

· Training Information ·

· Engineering Tools ·

Page 2: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

An introduction to NumaticsThe FLEXIBLOK

® advantageThe Numatics filtration advantage

Application and installation informationEase of assembly

Guide to using this catalog

FLEXIBLOK® FRL Series

STOCKBLOK® & MODUBLOK

™ Combinations14/22/32 Series Particulate Filters14/22/32 Series Coalescing Filters

14/22/32 Series Regulators14 Series Manifold Regulators

22/32 Series Pilot Operated Regulators14/22/32 Series Particulate Filter/Regulators14/22/32 Series Coalescing Filter/Regulators

14/22/32 Series Lubricators22/32 Series Solenoid Soft Start Quick Exhaust Valve

22/32 Series Solenoid Quick Exhaust Valve14/22/32 Series Shut-Off Valve14/22/32 Series Diverter Block

22/32 Series Diverter Plates32 Series Rear-Ported End Plates

High Flow FRL Series50 Series Filters

50 Series Regulators50 Series Pilot Operated Regulators

50 Series Lubricators50 Series Combinations

Stainless Steel FRL Series70 Series Stainless Steel Particulate Filters70 Series Stainless Steel Coalescing Filters

70 Series Stainless Steel Regulators70 Series Stainless Steel Particulate Filter/Regulators

70 Series Stainless Steel Lubricators71 Series Stainless Steel Miniature Filters, Regulators, Filter/Regulators

Delta Series™ FiltersWater Separators

900 Series 3.0 Micron Particulate Grade Filters900 Series 1.0 Micron Coarse Grade Filters

900 Series 0.3 Micron Fine Grade Filters900 Series 0.01 Micron Ultra Fine Grade Filters

900 Series Adsorbing Grade FiltersOptions and accessories

High Flow Filter Series600 Series 3.0 Micron Particulate Grade Filters

600 Series 0.7 Micron Coarse Grade Coalescing Filters600 Series 0.3 Micron Fine Grade Coalescing Filters

600 Series Micron Ultra Fine Grade Coalescing Filters600 Series Adsorbing Grade Filters

Precision Pneumatic Controls80/82 Series Precision Regulators

83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P)85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P)

87 Series Ratio Relay Volume Boosters88 Series High Flow Precision Regulators

89 Series Instrument Air Regulators

Lockout Valve SeriesVL30/VL40 Series Manual Lockout Valves

VT30/VT40 Series Slo-Start™ ValvesVL52/VT52 Series High Flow Lockout Valves

MVL30/MVT30 Series Modular Lockout ValvesModular Air Systems

FRL Options & AccessoriesL1/L2 Series Valve Adapters

Air System AnalyzersPressure Switches

Digital Pressure Sensor/Digital Vacuum SensorDrain Options (Automatic Float, Flexible, External Pulse, Metal Manual, Manual Lever)

14-to-22 Series Quick Exhaust AdapterSpeed Control Mufflers (Bronze, Polyethylene)

Breather VentsInlet Filter Strainers

ReclassifiersBowl Options (CircleVision™, Metal Bowl, 64 oz. Lubricator Bowl)

Air Silencers (Metal Air, Porous Bronze, Polyethylene)Differential Indicators (Delta Pressure, Diff. Pressure, Pop-Up Diff.)

Electronic Drain ValvesTank Drain Traps

Mounting BracketsLubricator Button Head Fill

GaugesLockout Locks (Standard Lock, Scissor ‘Trade’ Lock)

UltraDry™ Membrane DryersInline Disposable Filters

FRL Service KitsWarranty information

Due to continuous product development and improvement,

Numatics reserves the right to change dimensions, specifica-

tions, design, or price without notice.

“FlexiBlok”, the FlexiBlok logo, and the Numatics logo are all

registered trademarks of Numatics, Inc.

All rights reserved.

© 2001 Numatics Inc. EAM 10-01

FRLs and Accessoriestable of contents

Numatics Air Preparation Group

3309 John Conley Drive

Lapeer, Michigan 48446

phone: (810) 667-3900

fax: (810) 667-3902

www.numatics.com

Numatics Incorporated

1450 N Milford Road

Highland, Michigan 48357-4560

phone: (248) 887-4111

fax: (248) 887-9190

NN UU MM AA TT II CC SS OO NN TT HH EE WW EE BB !!

product drawings and information, photos, new products,

downloads, & more for many Numatics products!

24681011

13142022242628303234363840404141

434445464849

51525354555657

5960616263646567

697072747678

81828486889092

9596979899100

101102102103104106107108108108109110111112113113114114115115116118

119128

1FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 3: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

For over half a century, Numatics has made automation

possible. Since 1945, Numatics has developed and manu-

factured pneumatic components for automated machinery

used in all branches of industry. Numatics gained its world-

wide reputation with the precision lapped spool and sleeve

assembly.

In 1988, Numatics began to expand it’s product line to

include cylinders, FRLs, and accessories, eventually mov-

ing into filtration products and air dryers. Numatics’ famous

quality standard, along with the fastest turnaround in the

business, and the introduction of the popular FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series, has made Numatics a leading source for air

preparation equipment.

As we continuously develop new and improved products to

meet industry demands, we will continue to lead the world

into the future of air preparation technology.

The Numatics web site is an excellent resource for air

preparation applications. Take a virtual tour of our facility,

download drawings of any product (in PDF, DWG, and

DXF format), view and download photos of our products,

download product catalogs in PDF format, and get up-to-

the minute new product information. Other features

include frequently asked questions, distributor search,

and detailed product information for our entire line of

FRLs and accessories. Also, learn about other aspects of

pneumatic automation by linking to our fellow Numatics

divisions. Experience Numatics on the web at

www.numatics.com

Numatics Rapid Response Program is an exciting

way to get you the parts you need - fast. Over 80 of

our most popular products are in stock and available

for immediate shipment. Don’t be caught without the

components you need - Rapid Response can work for

you.

For an overview and list of available products,

request one of our Rapid Response brochures from

your local Numatics distributor.

An Introduction to Numatics About Numatics FRL Products

Numatics World Headquarters, Highland, MI

Numatics Air Preparation Group, Lapeer, MI

2 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 4: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Don’t be left in the dark when it comes to new products. At Numatics, we offer plenty of litera-

ture for our products, including New Product Bulletins which are released for every new prod-

uct and sent to our distributors and included on our website for download. They give detailed

information about application, benefits, features, options, and how to order - as well as pro-

vide informative drawings, photos, and flow charts where applicable.

While many other FRL combinations rely on cou-

plings, spacers, adapters, and/or sealant to connect

components together - which is not only costly, but

lowers structural integrity and is more difficult to

assemble - each modular FLEXIBLOK® component

connects directly using just one o-ring seal and 2 but-

ton head screws - eliminating leakage, keeping flow

integrity intact, and lowering cost since there are no

extra brackets, tools, or other devices necessary.

The FLEXIBLOK® line is designed to be simple and

economical...

• Service can be performed while the component is

installed in the air line.

• 22 and 32 Series bowls feature a unique locking tab

bowl. Just pull the locking tab down, turn the bowl

45º, and pull down to remove.

• The unique design of the 22 & 32 series bowls

allows the o-ring to be held captive on the bowl, mak-

ing it easy to check and replace if necessary.

• Delta pressure indicators are standard on all 22 and

32 Series coalescers.

• Particulate filters feature a standard 5 micron ele-

ment.

• Coalescing filters feature dual support cores which

prevent rupture and collapse.

• CircleVision™ bowls allow the machine operator or

manager a clear visual indication of the liquid level in

a filter or lubricator bowl from up to 40 feet away.

• Every product is tested and approved for quality

assurance.

An Introduction to Numatics About Numatics FRL Products

The 22 and 32 Series FLEXIBLOK® components include a black

template which can be customized by having your name and/or logo

placed on it. This adds personalization to FLEXIBLOK® filters, regu-

lators, piggybacks, lubricators, and solenoid soft start valves - ideal

for OEM applications. Please contact your local distributor for infor-

mation on custom templates.

3FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 5: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

An Introduction to Numatics The FLEXIBLOK® Advantage

Shutoff ValveManual shutoff used to relieve downstream

pressure for servicing or maintenance. Security

hole provided for lockout capabilities. May also

be used as a stand-alone unit.

FilterParticulate Filter: 5 micron filtration (shown)

used as a primary filter to remove water, dust,

and debris from air line. Water removal efficien-

cy at 90% or better at rated flow.

Coalescing Filter: used as a secondary filter to

remove up to 99.99% of oil and particles.

Available with four different type elements - .1,

.3, and .7 micron filtration and a vapor adsorb-

ing element that utilizes activated carbon to

deodorize compressed air.

RegulatorReduces supply pressure to a required working

pressure. Available in relieving or non-relieving

styles and in four different pressure ratings.

Diverter BlockProvides total versatility; mounts directly inline

to allow additional components to be manifold-

ed without excessive pressure drop.

LubricatorDesigned to meter oil aerosols into the air

stream where lubrication is required. Tamper-

resistant adjustment knob eliminates unautho-

rized adjustments.

Made with lightweight but sturdy aluminum castings, the FLEXIBLOK® FRL

Series offers the most reliable performance and durability of any FRL line. Most

components can be modified with available options and accessories (see page

89) like metal bowls and easy-to-operate drains. Also, FLEXIBLOK® compo-

nents are in stock and ready for order through the Rapid Response Program

(contact your Numatics distributor for more information).

Let us show you how our FLEXIBLOK® products work and what they are capa-

ble of. In addition to the product descriptions below, please see the

FLEXIBLOK® section of this catalog on page 13 for detailed flow graphs,

specs, and application notes.

4 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 6: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

An Introduction to Numatics The FLEXIBLOK® Advantage

Solenoid Soft Start Quick

Exhaust ValveWhen solenoid air pilot is energized, adjustable

flow control allows system to be pressurized

slowly. When downstream pressure reaches

approximately 60% of upstream pressure, slow

start shifts to full flow condition. When solenoid

air pilot is de-energized, downstream pressure

exhausts to atmosphere. Equipped with manual

override and lockout.

Pressure SwitchAllows for remote monitoring of system pres-

sure. An adjustable, tamper-resistant knob

resists unauthorized changes.

BowlsThree types available: polycarbonate bowl with

guard (standard), metal bowl with sight glass,

and CircleVision™ - a metal bowl wrapped in

polycarbonate, allowing a 360º view of liquid

level in bowl.

DrainsFive types available: Manual drain with internal

barb fitting for drain tube (standard), automatic

float drain, flexible drain, external pulse drain,

metal manual drain, and manual lever drain. All

feature unique characteristics suitable for many

different applications.

High FlowThe Numatics FRL FLEXIBLOK

® line is

designed for high flows - with minimal pressure

drop.

Product ConnectionEach FLEXIBLOK

® component is engineered

to connect directly to the next without inserts or

special tools, ensuring optimum stability and

strength.

Integral Mounting HolesFLEXIBLOK

® components mount directly with-

out the use of special brackets or inserts,

allowing for individual component mounting for

stand-alone units.

5FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 7: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

An Introduction to Numatics About Numatics Filters

Numatics coalescing filters use a borosili-

cate glass fiber to remove contaminant from

air lines. Air flows from the inside to the out-

side of the element through progressively

larger openings in the media, trapping cont-

aminant particles and forcing liquids to form

into larger drops and drain to the bottom of

the bowl. Numatics filters are used to

remove hydrocarbon, oil, and more. The fil-

ters are made up of seven main features:

End SealsUrethane end seals provide positive seal. Compatible with

mineral base and synthetic lubricants

Optional Pleated Prefilter3 micron media protects the fine borosilicate fibers,

extending the life of the coalescing media

Inner Media WrapAllows crossflow of gas which initiates the coalescing

process

MediaSix media choices for best performance (see page 57).

Proprietary glass fiber blend combines low differential

pressures and high efficiencies with maximum holding

capacity

Outer Media WrapAllows crossflow of gas and improves performance

Drain LayerNon-wicking fiber prevents reentrainment

Color-coded WebbingAllows for easy identification of media type

See page 7 for more information about our

line of coalescing filters, including media

grade information, application notes, and a

helpful chart showing diameters of particles

and aerosols in microns.

6 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 8: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

An Introduction to Numatics About Numatics Filters

The MicroPath™ 0.3 micron borosilicate

glass fiber element, when magnified 228x

(left), shows deep, tortuous paths and large

air pockets which provide high performance

contaminate removal and longer life.

Contamination removal from a typical com-

pressed air line with 0.3 micron

MicroPath™ media is shown magnified 40x

(right). The contamination contains hydrocarbon (black), oil (opaque drops), and metal frag-

ments (shiny spots).

With Numatics elements like the one on the left installed in your system, the contamination on

the right won’t get to where it can cause damage. Your system lasts longer and costs less.

Air flows from the inside to the outside of the

element through progressively larger open-

ings in the media. As contamination moves

through the element, solid particles are

trapped and liquids are formed into large

droplets. As the air exits the element, surface

tension holds the liquids and allows them to

drain to the bottom.

7FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 9: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

8 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

An Introduction to Numatics Manifold Regulator Features

The FLEXIBLOK® 14 Series Manifold Regulator

allows several regulators to be connected together

in a line. Such a combination may be manifolded left

to right or, using a 14 Series Diverter Block, up and

down, providing an option for any mounting sce-

nario.

The Manifold Regulator allows flexibility with any

necessary pressure. The common P1 port through

each regulator makes it possible for the 2nd, 3rd,

and any other following inline regulator to provide

independent pressure. For example, when 100 PSI

enters the first manifold regulator, that pressure will

continue to be carried across all following regulators,

giving each regulator in the line 100 PSI primary

pressure. The reduced pressure is taken from the

gauge ports; either front or back!

A system equipped with the Manifold Regulator can

help reduce operation costs, since several applica-

tions can use pressure supplied by a single FRL

assembly.

No room to build left to right? Have no

fear -- regulators can be manifolded up

to down using 14 Series Diverter

Blocks.

Up to down not an option? Manifold

regulators are flexible enough to be

built in any direction (notice use of a

standard regulator downstream of

manifold regulators for reduced &

stabilized pressure exiting the lubri-

cator)!

Numatics In-Fittings are the perfect solution for connecting tubing

from a Maniforld Regulator to the application. For more information,

contact the In-Fitting hotline at 1-877-NUMAFIT or see the ‘In-

Fittings’ catalog (LTINFITTING).

Page 10: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

An Introduction to Numatics Ease of Assembly

The Numatics FLEXIBLOK® FRL line leads the industry in ease

of assembly. While many competitors rely on special brackets,

mounting kits, port connectors, and component connectors for

assembly - which are not only costly but are awkward and difficult

to use - FLEXIBLOK® components use only a single o-ring and

two screws to connect together. Integrated mounting holes elimi-

nate the need for mounting brackets. The need for end plates is

eliminated, as the in/out ports of all components are tapped so

that any unit can be used as a stand alone unit.

By eliminating the need for additional special components, the

Numatics FLEXIBLOK® line keeps costs down and maintenance

and assembly quick and easy.

The typical FLEXIBLOK® FRL assembly (filter/regulator/lubricator) uses a total

of 9 pieces to connect the three components. Some competitor assemblies

require as many as 29 individual pieces. Most of these necessary parts are built

into FLEXIBLOK® components.

9FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 11: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

10 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

An Introduction to Numatics Application and Installation

Air CompressorTakes large volumes of atmosphere air (14.5 PSIA/1 bar at sea

level) and compresses the air to a system pressure. Due to the large

volume of air used, the concentration of contamination is greatly mul-

tiplied; the air is saturated with moisture, dirt, and hydrocarbons.

Numatics Drain ValveAutomatically expels water on timed sequence, eliminating the

potential for water carryover.

After CoolerReduces system air temperature from ‘hot’ compressed air (200-

400º F / 95-205º C) to a manageable temperature (approximately

100º F / 40º C). Uses either air or water heat exchanger to achieve

low temperature.

Water SeparatorUses centrifugal action to ‘spin’ water out of the system. Removes

large volumes of liquid water. Must have automatic drain.

Receiver TankStores large volume of air to save compressor from constant

start/stop sequence. Provides consistent supply pressure to all work

stations.

Air Header and Air DropShould be installed in a closed loop around plant with a 1/4” per 10’

slope to allow water to drain. Remove air from top of header to pre-

vent moisture or contaminant from continuing toward application.

Drip LegUsually sized three times the diameter of the air drop. Collects mois-

ture and contaminant.

Numatics Regenerative Air DryerUses molecular sieve in twin containers to provide extremely low

dew point. One container is always in the purge mode while the

other is removing moisture. Air must be clean and oil free. Reduces

pressure dew point to well below 32º F (0º C). For refrigerated appli-

cations or when compressed air will be used outside in cold cli-

mates. See Numatics regenerative air dryer catalog for further infor-

mation.

Numatics Refrigerated DryerUses refrigerated heat exchanger to condense water out of system.

Will reduce pressure dew point to 36º F - 40º F (2.2º C - 4.4º C).

Ambient temperature should not be below 45º F (7.2º C) or freezing

may occur. See Numatics refrigerated dryer catalog for further infor-

mation.

Numatics ValvesPerforms equally well with or without lubrication. The lapped spool

and sleeve valve is the most reliable valve for dirty or clean environ-

ments. For maximum performance, filtration is recommended.

Numatics CylindersPerforms equally well with or without lubrication. New seal design

eliminates packing cylinder bore with grease to achieve non-lube

function.

Numatics Coarse Grade Filter (0.7 micron; optional)Removes bulk amounts of oil aerosols through impingement separa-

tion. Should have automatic drain valve to allow collected moisture

to escape. Pop-up indicator or ∆P pressure gauge should be used to

determine the need for element change. Protects refrigerated dryer

from coating of interior walls. Oil will act as an insulator and eventu-

ally reduce efficiency of dryer. Pleated prefilter should be installed for

longer life.

Numatics High Flow Particulate Filter (3.0 micron; optional)Prevents any molecular sieve dust from passing downstream.

Collects in large surface area of exterior pleats.

Numatics High Flow Fine Grade Coalescer (0.3 micron)This filter is the standard element model for removing suspended

aerosols and fine dust. Prevents downstream components from

being coated with an oil mist such as before a regenerative dryer

(molecular sieve becomes inefficient when it comes in contact with

oil) or critical gauging systems.

Numatics High Flow Ultra Fine Coalescer (0.1 micron)Removes last trace aerosols. Designed for critical instrumentation or

maximum purity applications.

Numatics Lockout ValvesAllows system air to be exhausted quickly for safety or other mainte-

nance functions. Large locking hole for trade locked or other security

device prevents system from being accidentally turned on during

maintenance. Meets OSHA specifications.

Electropneumatic TransducersI-P/E-P Pressure Transducer uses critical orifices and components

that may be damaged by oils or carryovers incompatible with circuit-

ry.

Numatics FLEXIBLOK® Shut Off Valves

Relieving model allows bleed down of downstream air for mainte-

nance functions. Can be locked out for security. Meets OSHA speci-

fications.

Numatics FLEXIBLOK® Particulate Filters

Designed to remove accumulated condensation and particles.

Recommended standard filtration is 5 micron. Optional automatic

drain dispels liquid from bowl.

Numatics FLEXIBLOK® Regulator

Reduces system pressure to working pressure saving both com-

pressed air costs and pressure fluctuation. Since increasing pressure

does not necessarily increase speed, the lowest pressure required to

perform the task will be the least expensive. Ask us about

Numasizing!

Numatics FLEXIBLOK® Filter/Regulators (‘Piggybacks’)

Combination filter/regulator performs the duties of both components

in one compact unit.

Numatics FLEXIBLOK® Diverter Block

Allows air to be diverted into multiple directions. Can be used in

manifold or direct piped applications.

Numatics FLEXIBLOK® Lubricator

Allows precise amount of lubricant to atomize and be sent down-

stream in aerosol form. Useful for air motor or very high-cycle actua-

tor applications.

Numatics FLEXIBLOK® Solenoid Soft Start Quick Exhaust

Solenoid-activated soft start valve allows system to slowly bleed up

to working pressure, preventing rapid acceleration from damaging

components. Downstream pressure quickly exhausts when solenoid

is de-energized.

ReclassifiersRemoves oil mist and reduces noise from exhaust ports on pneumat-

ic valves, cylinders, and air control systems at extremely high flow

rates

Numatics gained its worldwide reputation in the air valve industry with the

invention of the multi-purpose precision lapped spool and sleeve assembly

design. To compliment our valve line and air logic systems, Numatics

began expanding its product line to include FRLs and numerous air

preparation products in 1988. Today, Numatics leads the industry in air

preparation equipment. Here’s how Numatics can provide for all of your air

preparation needs:

Page 12: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

11FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

An Introduction to Numatics Application and Installation

200-400ºF

95-205ºC

200-400ºF

95-205ºC

100ºF

40ºC

100ºF

40ºC

to other air drops

to other air drops

to application

to application

dry service

lubricated service

I/P,E/Ppressure

transducer

Page 13: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

An Introduction to Numatics Guide to Using this Catalog

This product catalog was created using feedback from our

customers, making it comprehensive, accurate, and easy to

use. The standardized layout makes finding information fast

and easy. Each product page incudes information such as...

Product photosEvery product is represented by a photograph, making iden-

tification quick and simple. The photos are sized to show

essential details.

Detailed dimensional drawingsThe dimensional drawings shown with each product include

both U.S and metric measurements (shown below U.S.

measurements and/or in parenthesis).

Easy-to-read flow graphsThe flow graphs are also shown with both U.S. and metric

scales, making them easy to read and use in any applica-

tion.

Application, features, & specificationsEssential in understanding the product, application notes

and product features, as well as technical specifications, are

included in each section.

Cross-section drawingsThe product photos show what the product looks like on the

outside, but the cross-section drawings show the working

parts of each product, with each part clearly marked for

identification, making it easy to understand how the product

works.

ANSI symbologyANSI symbols are included where applicable.

Maintenance notesMaintenance instructions for cleaning, repairing, and servic-

ing components are clear and simple; follow the steps to

easily disassemble each unit for service and reassemble

without any hassle.

Ordering informationOur ordering information is easy to read and understand.

Part numbers are shown in black, and components which

represent and option or other variable feature are encircled

in gray. Each component of the part number is marked for

easy understanding.

12 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 14: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

FLEXIBLOK ® FRL SeriesSTOCKBLOK

®

& MODUBLOK™

Combinations 14

14/22/32 Series Particulate Filters 20

14/22/32 Series Coalescing Filters 22

14/22/32 Series Regulators 24

14 Series Manifold Regulators 26

22/32 Series Pilot Operated Regulators 28

14/22/32 Series Particulate Filter/Regulators 30

14/22/32 Series Coalescing Filter/Regulators 32

14/22/32 Series Lubricators 34

22/32 Series Solenoid Soft Start Quick Exhaust Valves 36

22/32 Series Solenoid Quick Exhaust Valves 38

14/22/32 Series Shut-Off Valves 40

14/22/32 Series Diverter Blocks 40

22/32 Series Diverter Plates 41

32 Series Rear-Ported End Plates 41

FRL Products and Accessories

13FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 15: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

STOCKBLOK®

FRLs in standard combinations

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series

Shut Off/Particulate Filter/Regulator/Lubricator w/ Gauge

STOCKBLOK® assemblies utilize one model number for standard

configurations, complete with gauges. Each component is factory

assembled and tested.

Each of the standard STOCKBLOK ® combinations is a complete

assembly. Bowl, drain, and fill options are available where applicable.

Additional options are not available and, if required, components can

be ordered as a MODUBLOK™ combination (see page 19).

To order any of the STOCKBLOK ® models without the Shut-Off Valve,

replace the “V” in the part number with an “X” (i.e. M22-03XFCXX).

See individual component pages for specifications and dimensions.

Particulate Weight

Model # Shut Off Filter Regulator Lubricator lbs. kgs

M14-01VFRLX VS14-01 F14B-01 R14R-01G L14L-01 2.55 1.17

M14-02VFRLX VS14-02 F14B-02 R14R-02G L14L-02 2.55 1.17

M22-02VFRLX VS22-02 F22B-02 R22R-02G L22L-02 2.38 1.08

M22-03VFRLX VS22-03 F22B-03 R22R-03G L22L-03 2.38 1.08

M22-04VFRLX VS22-04 F22B-04 R22R-04G L22L-04 2.38 1.08

M32-04VFRLX VS32-04 F32B-04 R32R-04G L32L-04 4.78 2.17

M32-06VFRLX VS32-06 F32B-06 R32R-06G L32L-06 4.78 2.17

Components

A = Auto Drain (22,32 Series only) M = Metal Bowls w/ Sight Glass

B = Flexible Drain F = Lubricator Quick Fill

C = CircleVision™ Sight Bowl (22,32 Series only) Q = Metal Manual Drain

J = External Pulse Drain R = Manual Lever Drain

Options (see pg. 91)

14 Series 22 Series 32 Series

A 7.90 (200) B 5.84 (148) C 6.72 (172) D 3.1 (74) A 10.02 (255) B 7.62 (194) C 9.32 (237) D 3.42 (87) A 12.32 (313) B 9.12 (232) C 11.25 (286) D 4.10 (104)

14 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 16: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Shut Off/Particulate Filter/Coalescing Filter/Regulator w/ Gauge

Shut Off/Filter-Regulator/Diverter Block/Lubricator w/ Gauge

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series STOCKBLOK®

Standard Combinations

Filter/ Diverter Weight

Model # Shut Off Regulator Block Lubricator lbs. kgs

M14-01VPDLX VS14-01 P14B-01G DK14-02 L14L-01 2.50 1.13

M14-02VPDLX VS14-02 P14B-02G DK14-02 L14L-02 2.50 1.13

M22-02VPDLX VS22-02 P22B-02G DK22-03 L22L-02 2.26 1.03

M22-03VPDLX VS22-03 P22B-03G DK22-03 L22L-03 2.26 1.03

M22-04VPDLX VS22-04 P22B-04G DK22-03 L22L-04 2.26 1.03

M32-04VPDLX VS32-04 P32B-04G DK32-04 L32L-04 4.86 2.21

M32-06VPDLX VS32-06 P32B-06G DK32-04 L32L-06 4.86 2.21

ParticulateCoalescing Weight

Model # Shut Off Filter Filter Regulator lbs. kgs

M14-01VFFRX VS14-01 F14B-01 F14D-01 R14R-01G 2.60 1.20

M14-02VFFRX VS14-02 F14B-02 F14D-02 R14R-02G 2.60 1.20

M22-02VFFRX VS22-02 F22B-02 F22D-02 R22R-02G 2.38 1.08

M22-03VFFRX VS22-03 F22B-03 F22D-03 R22R-03G 2.38 1.08

M22-04VFFRX VS22-04 F22B-04 F22D-04 R22R-04G 2.38 1.08

M32-04VFFRX VS32-04 F32B-04 F32D-04 R32R-04G 4.90 2.23

M32-06VFFRX VS32-06 F32B-06 F32D-06 R32R-06G 4.90 2.23

Components

Components

14 Series

A = Auto Drain (22,32 Series only) M = Metal Bowls w/ Sight Glass

B = Flexible Drain F = Lubricator Quick Fill

C = CircleVision™ Sight Bowl (22,32 Series only) Q = Metal Manual Drain

J = External Pulse Drain R = Manual Lever Drain

Options (see pg. 91)

A = Auto Drain (22,32 Series only) M = Metal Bowls w/ Sight Glass

B = Flexible Drain Q = Metal Manual Drain

C = CircleVision™ Sight Bowl (22,32 Series only) R = Manual Lever Drain

J = External Pulse Drain

Options (see pg. 91)

22 Series 32 Series

14 Series 22 Series 32 Series

A 7.90 (200) B 5.84 (148) C 6.72 (172) D 3.1 (79) A 9.93 (252) B 7.62 (194) C 9.11 (231) D 3.41 (87) A 12.22 (310) B 9.12 (232) C 8.25 (210) D 4.10 (104)

A 7.90 (200) B 5.84 (148) C 6.72 (172) D 3.1 (79) A 10.02 (255) B 7.62 (194) C 9.30 (237) D 3.42 (87) A 12.32 (313) B 9.12 (232) C 11.25 (286) D 4.10 (104)

15FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 17: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Shut Off/Particulate Filter/Regulator/Diverter Block/Lubricator w/ Gauge

Shut Off/Coalescer-Regulator/Lubricator w/ Gauge

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series STOCKBLOK®

Standard Combinations

Coalescer/ Weight

Model # Shut Off Regulator Lubricator lbs. kgs

M14-01VCLXX VS14-01 C14D-01G L14L-01 2.10 0.94

M14-02VCLXX VS14-02 C14D-02G L14L-02 2.10 0.94

M22-02VCLXX VS22-02 C22D-02G L22L-02 1.96 0.89

M22-03VCLXX VS22-03 C22D-03G L22L-03 1.96 0.89

M22-04VCLXX VS22-04 C22D-04G L22L-04 1.96 0.89

M32-04VCLXX VS32-04 C32D-04G L32L-04 3.93 1.79

M32-06VCLXX VS32-06 C32D-06G L32L-06 3.93 1.79

Particulate Diverter Weight

Model # Shut Off Filter Regulator Block Lubricator lbs. kgs

M14-01VFRDL VS14-01 F14B-01 R14R-01G DK14-02 L14L-01 3.00 1.37

M14-02VFRDL VS14-02 F14B-02 R14R-02G DK14-02 L14L-02 3.00 1.37

M22-02VFRDL VS22-02 F22B-02 R22R-02G DK22-03 L22L-02 2.69 1.22

M22-03VFRDL VS22-03 F22B-03 R22R-03G DK22-03 L22L-03 2.69 1.22

M22-04VFRDL VS22-04 F22B-04 R22R-04G DK22-03 L22L-04 2.69 1.22

M32-04VFRDL VS32-04 F32B-04 R32R-04G DK32-04 L32L-04 5.72 2.60

M32-06VFRDL VS32-06 F32B-06 R32R-06G DK32-04 L32L-06 5.72 2.60

Components

Components

Options (see pg. 91)

A = Auto Drain (22,32 Series only) M = Metal Bowls w/ Sight Glass

B = Flexible Drain F = Lubricator Quick Fill

C = CircleVision™ Sight Bowl (22,32 Series only) Q = Metal Manual Drain

J = External Pulse Drain R = Manual Lever Drain

Options (see pg. 91)

14 Series 22 Series 32 Series

14 Series 22 Series 32 Series

A 7.90 (200) B 5.84 (148) C 5.04 (129) D 3.1 (79) A 9.92 (252) B 7.62 (194) C 6.95 (177) D 3.42 (87) A 12.32 (313) B 9.12 (232) C 8.25 (210) D 4.10 (103)

A 7.90 (200) B 5.84 (148) C 8.4 (215) D 3.1 (79) A 10.02 (255) B 7.61 (193) C 11.49 (292) D 3.42 (87) A 12.32 (313) B 9.12 (232) C 14.25 (362) D 4.10 (103)

A = Auto Drain (22,32 Series only) M = Metal Bowls w/ Sight Glass

B = Flexible Drain F = Lubricator Quick Fill

C = CircleVision™ Sight Bowl (22,32 Series only) Q = Metal Manual Drain

R = Manual Lever Drain

16 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 18: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Shut Off/Particulate Filter/Diverter Block/Coalescer-Regulator w/ Gauge

Shut Off/Filter-Regulator/Lubricator w/ Gauge

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series STOCKBLOK®

Standard Combinations

ParticulateDiverter Coalescer/ Weight

Model # Shut Off Filter Block Regulator lbs. kgs

M14-01VFDCX VS14-01 F14B-01 DK14-02 C14D-01G 2.55 1.15

M14-02VFDCX VS14-02 F14B-02 DK14-02 C14D-02G 2.55 1.15

M22-02VFDCX VS22-02 F22B-02 DK22-03 C22D-02G 2.26 1.03

M22-03VFDCX VS22-03 F22B-03 DK22-03 C22D-03G 2.26 1.03

M22-04VFDCX VS22-04 F22B-04 DK22-03 C22D-04G 2.26 1.03

M32-04VFDCX VS32-04 F32B-04 DK32-04 C32D-04G 4.87 2.21

M32-06VFDCX VS32-06 F32B-06 DK32-06 C32D-06G 4.87 2.21

Particulate/ Weight

Model # Shut Off Regulator Lubricator lbs. kgs

M14-01VPLXX VS14-01 P14B-01G L14L-01 2.05 0.93

M14-02VPLXX VS14-02 P14B-02G L14L-02 2.05 0.93

M22-02VPLXX VS22-02 P22B-02G L22L-02 1.95 0.89

M22-03VPLXX VS22-03 P22B-03G L22L-03 1.95 0.89

M22-04VPLXX VS22-04 P22B-04G L22L-04 1.95 0.89

M32-04VPLXX VS32-04 P32B-04G L32L-04 3.92 1.78

M32-06VPLXX VS32-06 P32B-06G L32L-06 3.92 1.78

Components

Components

A = Auto Drain (22,32 Series only) M = Metal Bowls w/ Sight Glass

B = Flexible Drain Q = Metal Manual Drain

C = CircleVision™ Sight Bowl (22,32 Series only) R = Manual Lever Drain

J = External Pulse Drain

Options (see pg. 91)

A = Auto Drain (22,32 Series only) M = Metal Bowls w/ Sight Glass

B = Flexible Drain F = Lubricator Quick Fill

C = CircleVision™ Sight Bowl (22,32 Series only) Q = Metal Manual Drain

J = External Pulse Drain R = Manual Lever Drain

Options (see pg. 91)

14 Series 22 Series 32 Series

14 Series 22 Series 32 Series

A 7.90 (200) B 5.84 (148) C 5.04 (129) D 3.1 (79) A 9.93 (252) B 7.61 (193) C 6.95 (177) D 3.42 (87) A 12.32 (313) B 9.12 (232) C 8.25 (210) D 4.10 (104)

A 7.90 (200) B 5.84 (148) C 6.72 (172) D 3.1 (79) A 9.93 (252) B 7.61 (193) C 6.95 (177) D 3.42 (87) A 12.32 (313) B 9.12 (232) C 8.25 (210) D 4.10 (104)

17FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 19: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Shut Off/Particulate Filter/Coalescer-Regulator w/ Gauge

Shut Off/Particulate Filter/Diverter Block/Regulator/Lubricator w/ Gauge

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series STOCKBLOK®

Standard Combinations

Particulate Diverter Weight

Model # Shut Off Filter Block Regulator Lubricator lbs. kgs

M14-01VFDRL VS14-01 F14B-01 DK14-02 R14R-01G L14L-01 3.00 1.37

M14-02VFDRL VS14-02 F14B-02 DK14-02 R14R-02G L14L-02 3.00 1.37

M22-02VFDRL VS22-02 F22B-02 DK22-03 R22R-02G L22L-02 2.69 1.22

M22-03VFDRL VS22-03 F22B-03 DK22-03 R22R-03G L22L-03 2.69 1.22

M22-04VFDRL VS22-04 F22B-04 DK22-03 R22R-04G L22L-04 2.69 1.22

M32-04VFDRL VS32-04 F32B-04 DK32-04 R32R-04G L32L-04 5.72 2.60

M32-06VFDRL VS32-06 F32B-06 DK32-04 R32R-06G L32L-06 5.72 2.60

Components

A = Auto Drain (22,32 Series only) M = Metal Bowls w/ Sight Glass

B = Flexible Drain F = Lubricator Quick Fill

C = CircleVision™ Sight Bowl (22,32 Series only) Q = Metal Manual Drain

J = External Pulse Drain R = Manual Lever Drain

Options (see pg. 91)

Particulate Coalescer/ Weight

Model # Shut Off Filter Regulator lbs. kgs

M14-01VFCXX VS14-01 F14B-01 C14D-01G 2.10 0.95

M14-02VFCXX VS14-02 F14B-02 C14D-02G 2.10 0.95

M22-02VFCXX VS22-02 F22B-02 C22D-02G 1.95 0.89

M22-03VFCXX VS22-03 F22B-03 C22D-03G 1.95 0.89

M22-04VFCXX VS22-04 F22B-04 C22D-04G 1.95 0.89

M32-04VFCXX VS32-04 F32B-04 C32D-04G 3.93 1.79

M32-06VFCXX VS32-06 F32B-06 C32D-06G 3.93 1.79

Components

A = Auto Drain (22,32 Series only) M = Metal Bowls w/ Sight Glass

B = Flexible Drain Q = Metal Manual Drain

C = CircleVision™ Sight Bowl (22,32 Series only) R = Manual Lever Drain

J = External Pulse Drain

Options (see pg. 91)

A 7.90 (200) B 5.84 (148) C 8.4 (215) D 3.1 (79) A 10.02 (255) B 7.62 (194) C 11.50 (292) D 3.42 (87) A 12.32 (313) B 9.12 (232) C 14.25 (362) D 4.10 (104)

A 7.90 (200) B 5.84 (148) C 5.04 (129) D 3.1 (79) A 9.93 (252) B 7.61 (193) C 6.95 (177) D 3.42 (87) A 12.32 (313) B 9.12 (232) C 8.25 (210) D 4.06 (103)

14 Series 22 Series 32 Series

14 Series 22 Series 32 Series

18 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 20: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

MODUBLOK ™ Combination models

The FLEXIBLOK ® modular system is designed to

connect individual components into a complete

assembly. Sometimes it is necessary to order an

assembly using additional or non-standard compo-

nents or combinations. The MODUBLOK™ system

makes it easy to order non-standard combinations.

As with all other components and combinations, all

modular assemblies come factory tested and

approved and assembled complete. For more

information on flow, dimensions, options, and

accessories, see individual component pages.

Because of the many possible combinations when

utilizing modular systems, it is recommended that

complex stations include a schematic drawing.

When ordering, specify all components at each

station, based on the example to the left.

How to label diverter blocks

When using a diverter block, indicate all units at

that station before continuing. If additional units

are mounted above the diverter block, use the let-

ter ‘T’ (for ‘top’) as well as a letter sequence (TA,

TB, TC, etc.) starting from the diverter block, and

continuing out. If units are placed below the divert-

er block, begin the two letter alphabetic sequence

with the letter ‘B’ (for bottom) as well as a letter

sequence (BA, BB, BC, etc.) starting with the

diverter block and continuing outward. Continue in

this pattern until all units are placed correctly.

About MODUBLOCK™ Assemblies

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series MODUBLOK®

Combination Models

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 9911 for more information on available

options and accessories.

• See page 110099 for information on ordering

replacement parts and repair kits.

Reducing Bushings

Reducing bushings may be required to connect

some components (i.e. pressure switches, etc).

Series Size

22 3/8 to 1/4 or 3/8 to 1/8

32 1/2 to 1/4 or 1/2 to 1/8

Example

MM OO DD 22 22 - 00 88

Station Description Model

Position Number

1 Shut-Off Valve VS22-03

2 Particulate Filter F22B-03

3 Coalescer w/ metal bowl and pulse drain F22D-03JM

4 Diverter Block DK22-03

4T Regulator R22R-03

4B Pressure Switch PS180CAN02

5 Regulator w/ gauge R22R-03G

6 Lubricator L22L-03

19FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 21: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

How to Order

Model:F = Filter

Series:14 = 1.5 oz bowl22 = 3.8 oz bowl32 = 8.5 oz bowl

Element:B = 5 micron

element

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)R = PT (BSPT)

Port Size:01 = 1/8 (14 series only)02 = 1/4 (14 or 22 series only)03 = 3/8 (22 series only)04 = 1/2 (22 or 32 series only)06 = 3/4 (32 series only)

Options (see pg 101):A = auto drain (22 and 32 series)B = flexible drainC = CircleVision™ Sight Bowl (22 and 32 series)J = external pulse drainM = metal bowl with sight glassQ = metal manual drainR = manual lever drainU = ∆p indicator

PARTICULATE FILTER F14B, F22B, F32B Series

Primary air filters are designed to separate liquid, water, rust, pipe scale, and

debris from air lines. They should be installed upstream of the regulator

and/or lubricator to prevent contamination from reaching other components.

Water is removed mechanically by the deflector which causes the air to

move in a swirling motion. The condensed water droplets are then centrifu-

gally impounded upon the ID of the bowl then fall down past the quiet zone

baffle to the water sump. The air then passes through the sintered element

utilizing depth filtration and removes debris down to a 5 micron size.

Application

Features

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series

ANSI SYMBOL

Specifications

• Three convenient sizes

• 5 micron sintered elements standard

• Can be installed as modular or individual unit

• Includes screws and o-rings for modular connection

• Manual or automatic drain

• Polycarbonate bowl standard

• Optional metal bowl with sight glass

• Optional CircleVision™ sight bowl

• Bowl seal held captive (22 and 32 Series)

Polycarbonate CircleVision™ Metal

Bowl Bowl Bowl

Temperature Range (ºF) 40-120 40-120 40-120

Temperature Range (ºC) 4-50 4-50 4-50

Max. Pressure (PSIG) 150 250 200

Max. Pressure (BAR) 10 17 14

14 Series (Weight, lbs.) .60 - .65

14 Series (Weight, kg) .28 - .30

22 Series (Weight, lbs.) .65 .86 1.25

22 Series (Weight, kg) .30 .39 .57

32 Series (Weight, lbs.) 1.3 1.7 2.5

32 Series (Weight, kg) .59 .77 1.14

F32B-06 pictured

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

20

F 22 B - 04 AC

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 22: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series Particulate Filter

DDiimmeennssiioonnss Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

14 Series Particulate

22 Series Particulate

32 Series Particulate

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

FFllooww RRaatteessF14B-02 (5 micron particulate) F22B-04 (5 micron particulate) F32B-06 (5 micron particulate)

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

Maintenance Flush piping before installation. To maintain maxi-

mum efficiency of the filter and to avoid excessive pressure drop

the filter must be kept clean. On standard filters, open the drain

(turn counter-clockwise for standard drain models) periodically to

expel contents of bowl before it reaches the level of the lower baf-

fle.

Cleaning Removal from operation is not necessary to clean the

filter. Disassembly is simple and can be performed inline. Before

disassembling, shut off air supply and depressurize the filter.

Clean all parts (except the filter element) with household soap

and blow out filter body before reassembling.

Element Replacement Elements should be replaced after a

pressure drop of 10 PSID has been reached or after 1 year,

whichever occurs first.

NNootteess

21

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.200 TYP.2

(Ø5.1)

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.281 TYP.2

(Ø7.2)

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 23: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

How to Order

Model:F = Filter

Series:14 = 1.5 oz bowl22 = 3.8 oz bowl32 = 8.5 oz bowl

Element:C = .7 micron

coarse coalescerD = .3 micron

fine coalescerE = .1 micron ultra

fine coalescerF = vapor adsorber

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)R = PT (BSPT)

Port Size:01 = 1/8 (14 series only)02 = 1/4 (14 or 22 series only)03 = 3/8 (22 series only)04 = 1/2 (22 or 32 series only)06 = 3/4 (32 series only)

COALESCING FILTER F14, F22, F32 Series

The coalescing filter is utilized when either clean air is required or longer component life is desired.

This type of filter removes water and oil aerosols. It works differently than the particulate filter; dirty

air enters the element from the center and passes through a field of glass fibers which cause the

aerosols to form into droplets which are heavier than the surrounding air. The droplets grow larger

as they pass through the element and gravity causes the oil drops to drain to the sump of the bowl.

By removing the harmful oil varnishes and contaminant that attack seals and gaskets, the valve or

cylinder is much less likely to stick. To maximize the life of a coalescing filter it should always be

used after a 5 micron particulate filter or with the optional prefilter.

Application

Features

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series

ANSI SYMBOL

Specifications

• Three convenient sizes

• Cartridge element design

• Inner and outer support cores prevent element from crushing in either flow direction

• Available with manual or automatic drain

• Optional CircleVision™ sight bowl

• ∆p indicator standard on 14, 22, and 32 Series

Polycarbonate CircleVision™ Metal

Bowl Bowl Bowl

Temperature Range (ºF) 40-120 40-120 40-120

Temperature Range (ºC) 4-50 4-50 4-50

Max. Pressure (PSIG) 150 250 200

Max. Pressure (BAR) 10 17 14

14 Series (Weight, lbs.) .65 - .70

14 Series (Weight, kg) .30 - .32

22 Series (Weight, lbs.) .66 .89 1.28

22 Series (Weight, kg) .30 .40 .58

32 Series (Weight, lbs.) 1.42 1.83 2.56

32 Series (Weight, kg) .65 .83 1.16

F32D-06 pictured

C grade element, identified by its blue drain layer, is a coarse filter for large amounts of water,

rust, pipe scale, and liquid hydrocarbons. Excellent for environments that have severe contamina-

tion. Can be used for lubricated or ‘dry’ systems. Ideal for mainline filtration of plant air.

D grade element, identified by its green drain layer, is a fine filter for cylinders or valves - especial-

ly when the circuit is being run without lubrication (‘dry’). Excellent filter for desiccant or regenera-

tive style dryers.

E grade element, identified by its red drain layer, is an ultra fine filter for oil-free instrumentation

air, blow molding, food and drug packaging, electronics applications, and other applications requir-

ing maximum contamination removal.

F grade element, identified by its white drain layer, is an adsorbing filter that utilizes activated car-

bon to capture hydrobarbon vapor and deodorize compressed air. Typically it is used to protect

worker environments, food and drug applications, breathing air, and instrumentation for analytical

instruments. Life expectancy is approximately 3 months at rated flow. Adsorbers must be preceded

by a coalescer.

Recommended Uses

Prefilter Option - Suffix ‘D’Models using the C, D, or E grade elements can be equipped with an optional 3 micron internal

prefilter. The prefilter provides additional protection for the fine borosilicate fibers. Ideal for the

removal of high levels of solid contamination.

Options (see pg 101):A = auto drain (22 and 32 series)B = flexible drainC = CircleVision™ Sight Bowl (22 and 32 series)D = 3 micron, internal pleated prefilterJ = external pulse drainM = metal bowl with sight glassQ = metal manual drainR = manual lever drain

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

22

F 14 D - 02 AC

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 24: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series Coalescing Filter

DDiimmeennssiioonnss Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

14 Series Coalescer

22 Series Coalescer

32 Series Coalescer

FFllooww RRaatteessF14D-02 (.3 micron coalescer) F22D-04 (.3 micron coalescer) F32D-06 (.3 micron coalescer)

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

Maintenance Flush piping before installation. To maintain maxi-

mum efficiency of the filter and to avoid excessive pressure drop

the filter must be kept clean. On standard filters, open the drain

(turn counter-clockwise for standard drain models) periodically to

expel contents of bowl before it reaches the bottom of the filter ele-

ment.

Cleaning Removal from operation is not necessary to clean the

filter. Disassembly is simple and can be performed inline. Before

disassembling, shut off air supply and depressurize the filter. Clean

all parts (except the filter element) with household soap and blow

out filter body before reassembling.

Element Replacement Elements should be replaced after a

pressure drop of 10 PSID has been reached or after 1 year,

whichever occurs first (adsorbers should be replaced every 3-6

months).

NNootteess

23

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.200 TYP.2

(Ø5.1)

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.281 TYP.2

(Ø7.2)

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 25: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

How to Order

Series:142232

Style:R = relievingN = non-relievingK = internal checkP = piston operator

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)R = PT (BSPT)

Port Size:01 = 1/8 (14 series only)02 = 1/4 (14 or 22 series only)03 = 3/8 (22 series only)04 = 1/2 (22 or 32 series only)06 = 3/4 (32 series only)

Model:R = Regulator

REGULATOR R14, R22, R32 Series

Regulators are used to reduce pressure to a required working pressure. Utilizing opti-

mum pressure can save companies both component life and a hundreds or even thou-

sands of dollars in compressed air costs.

Regulators consist of a diaphragm which floats between a main spring (top) and a

valve (bottom). By turning the adjustment handle clockwise, the main spring is forced

onto the rubber diaphragm which, in turn, is pressed onto the valve stem. When the

spring pressure becomes greater than the air pressure in the control chamber below

the diaphragm, the valve is forced down and flow begins. As flow continues, the pres-

sure begins to build and air fills the control chamber, forcing the diaphragm upward. As

forces balance, the small spring under the valve piston causes the valve to close. The

cycle continues in a balanced process of reducing or increasing flow based upon the

downstream pressure.

Application

Features

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series

Specifications

• Three convenient sizes

• High flow in compact size

• Locking adjustment knob

• Four different pressure ratings available

• Relieving or non-relieving models

• Can be installed as modular or individual unit

• Standard output pressure 0-125 PSIG

14 Series 22 Series 32 Series

Temperature Range (ºF) 40-120 40-120 40-120

Temperature Range (ºC) 4-50 4-50 4-50

Max. Pressure (PSIG) 250 200 200

Max. Pressure (BAR) 17 14 14

Weight (lbs.) .65 .69 1.37

Weight (kg) .30 .31 .62

body material zinc aluminum aluminum

R32R-06 picturedPiston Operator - Style ‘P’The 14, 22, and 32 Series are offered with an optional Piston Operator. A Piston

Regulator will achieve extremely high cycle rates with limited wear. Ideal for applica-

tions where immediate flow is required. It is standard on the Internal Check Regulator.

Internal Check - Style ‘K’The 22 and 32 Series are offered with an optional internal check valve. This allows the

regulator to function between a valve and cylinder and not be damaged by the con-

stant change in direction of flow. Excellent for applications where multiple pressures

are required from one supply valve.

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

24

R 32 R - 04 GP

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

ANSI SYMBOL

(NON-RELIEVING)ANSI SYMBOL

(RELIEVING)

Options (see pg 101):G = gaugeH = 0-200 PSIG output

(22 or 32 Series)I = 0-25 PSIG outputL = 0-60 PSIG outputP = panel mount nutT = tamper resistant (14 or 22 Series)

Page 26: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series Regulator

DDiimmeennssiioonnss Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

14 Series Regulator

22 Series Regulator

32 Series Regulator

FFllooww RRaatteess based on 100 PSIG (7 BAR) inlet

R14R-02 (14 Series Regulator) R22R-04 (22 Series Regulator) R32R-06 (32 Series Regulator)

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

Reduced Pressure Adjustment To adjust reduced pressure set-

tings, lift knob and turn (clockwise to increase pressure setting or

counter clockwise to lower setting). With relieving type regulators,

adjustment for lower reduced pressure follows adjustment of the

screw. With non-relieving regulators, adjustment for lower reduced

pressure will not be reached until the reduced pressure system is “bled

off” or until air flow starts.

Cleaning Erratic regulator operation or loss of regulation is almost

always due to dirt in the diaphragm area. To clean, shut off and depres-

surize the air line and disassemble the regulator. Clean parts with

household soap and blow out with compressed air. When reassem-

bling, make sure the disc assembly is firmly in place and the valve

stem fits into the center hole of the diaphragm assembly. Tighten cage

slightly more than “hand tight.”

NNootteess

1/8 gauge ports

1/8 gauge ports

25

air flow air flow air flow

1/4 gauge ports

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.200 TYP.2

(Ø5.1)

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.281 TYP.2

(Ø7.2)

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re

Page 27: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

26 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

How to Order

Series:14

Style:R = relievingN = non-

relieving

Threads (all ports):- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)R = PT (BSPT)

Port Size:02 = 1/4

Options (see pg 101):G = gauge (0-160 std)P = panel mount nutT = tamper resistant

Model:MR =Manifold

Regulator

MANIFOLD REGULATOR MR14 Series

The 14 Series Manifold Regulator allows several regulators to be chained

together while maintaining a constant primary pressure to each regulator.

This regulator features a dual spring design which covers any possible outlet

setting without the need to indicate a specific spring, eliminating confusing

options and part numbers. The regulator uses the inner spring for more pre-

cise, lower pressures, and the outer spring for middle to high pressures. As

the smaller, inner spring is compressed, the larger, outer spring takes over

for higher pressures.

Regulators consist of a piston which floats between the main springs (top)

and a valve stem (bottom). By turning the adjustment knob clockwise, the

main spring is forced onto the piston which, in turn, is pressed onto the valve

stem. When the spring force becomes greater than the force of the air pres-

sure in the control chamber below the piston, the valve is forced down and

flow begins. As flow continues, the pressure begins to build and air, via the

aspirator tube, fills the control chamber. When the underside piston force is

greater than the main spring force, the piston is forced upward, causing the

main valve to close. The cycle continues in a balanced process of reducing

or increasing flow based upon the downstream pressure.

Application

Features

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series

ANSI SYMBOL

(NON-RELIEVING)

Specifications

• High flow in compact size

• Locking adjustment knob

• Single pressure range suits any application

• Relieving or non-relieving models

• Can be installed as modular or individual unit

• Standard output pressure 0-125 PSIG

Temperature Range (ºF) 40-120

Temperature Range (ºC) 4-50

Max. Pressure (PSIG) 250

Max. Pressure (BAR) 17

Weight (lbs.) .60

Weight (kg) .27

body material zinc

MR14R-02 pictured

NOTE: If a reduced or stabilized pressure is necessary downstream of the manifold

regulator, a standard regulator (R14 series, pg. 24) must be used after the manifold

regulator.

NOTE: Manifold Regulator Gauges are different than standard Regulator Gauges - 1/4

back and 1.5” face. For lower pressure ratings (0-60) and gauge ordering info, see

page 103

MR 14 R - 02 GT

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

ANSI SYMBOL

(RELIEVING)

Page 28: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

27FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.300 TYP.2 (Ø7.6)

FFllooww RRaatteess based on 100 PSIG (7 BAR) inlet

R14R-02 (14 Series Regulator)

air flow

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series Manifold Regulator

DDiimmeennssiioonnss Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

14 Series Manifold Regulator

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

Reduced Pressure Adjustment To adjust reduced pressure set-

tings, lift knob and turn (clockwise to increase pressure setting or

counter clockwise to lower setting). With relieving type regulators,

adjustment for lower reduced pressure follows adjustment of the

screw. With non-relieving regulators, adjustment for lower reduced

pressure will not be reached until the reduced pressure system is “bled

off” or until air flow starts.

Cleaning Erratic regulator operation or loss of regulation is almost

always due to dirt in the diaphragm area. To clean, shut off and depres-

surize the air line and disassemble the regulator. Clean parts with

household soap and blow out with compressed air. When reassem-

bling, make sure the disc assembly is firmly in place and the valve

stem fits into the center hole of the diaphragm assembly. Tighten cage

slightly more than “hand tight.”

NNootteess

1/8 gauge ports

Page 29: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

28 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

How to Order

Series:2232 Style:

W= all Pilot OperatedRegulators

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)R = PT (BSPT) Port Size:

02 = 1/4 (22 series only)03 = 3/8 (22 series only)04 = 1/2 (22 or 32 series only)06 = 3/4 (32 series only)

Options (see pg 101):G = gaugeN = non-relieving

Model:R = Regulator

PILOT OPERATED REGULATOR R22W, R32W Series

Pilot Operated Regulators are adapted for control by a remote or dis-

tant small pilot regulator. These models are ideal for maximum

capacity requirements in applications where standard models would

not be readily accessible.

The regulator uses an 1/8 port located on the top of the unit to con-

nect from the ‘out’ port of a pilot regulator. Pressurizing of the pilot

port applies a force to the top diaphragm, causing the diaphragm

assembly to move downward, which in turn opens the main valve

and allows air flow across the seat area. Downstream pressure is

sensed by the lower diaphragm and, when it equals or exceeds the

force applied to the upper diaphragm, shifts the diaphragm assembly

upward, causing the main valve to seat and revert to a no-flow condi-

tion.

Application

Features

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series

ANSI SYMBOL

Specifications

• Two convenient sizes

• High flow

• Relieving or non-relieving models

• Reduced pressure within 5-7 PSIG of pilot pressure

• Modular with the rest of the FLEXIBLOK ® system

22 Series 32 Series

Temperature Range (ºF) 40-120 40-120

Temperature Range (ºC) 4-50 4-50

Min. Pilot Pressure (PSI) 15 15

Min. Pilot Pressure (BAR) 1 1

Max. Pilot Pressure (PSI) 150 150

Max. Pilot Pressure (BAR) 10.2 10.2

Max. Supply Pressure (PSI) 150 150

Max. Supply Pressure (BAR) 10.2 10.2

Weight (lbs.) .66 1.35

Weight (kg) .25 .50

body material aluminum aluminum

R32W-04 pictured

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

R 32 W - 04 G

Page 30: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

29FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series Pilot Operated Regulator

DDiimmeennssiioonnss Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

22 Series Pilot Operated Regulator

32 Series Pilot Operated Regulator

FFllooww RRaatteess based on 100 PSIG (7 BAR) inlet

R22W-04 (22 Series Pilot Operated Regulator) R32W-06 (32 Series Pilot Operated Regulator)

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

Installation The springs and bonnet of the regulators are

replaced by a pilot diaphragm assembly that operates the main

diaphragm assembly by moving a connecting bushing. A

remote regulator is connected to the pilot port to control the pilot

regulator.

Cleaning Erratic regulator operation or loss of regulation is

almost always due to dirt in the diaphragm area. To clean, shut

off and depressurize the air line and disassemble the regulator.

Clean parts with household soap and blow out with com-

pressed air. When reassembling, make sure the lower

diaphragm disc assembly is firmly in place and the valve stem

fits into the center hole of the diaphragm assembly. Tighten the

four screws on the top of the regulator “hand tight”.

NNootteess

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re

air flow

1/4 gauge ports

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re

air flow

1/8 gauge ports

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.200 TYP.2

(Ø5.1)

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.281 TYP.2

(Ø7.2)

Page 31: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

30 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

How to Order

Model:P = Particulate/

Regulator

Series:14 = 1.5 oz bowl22 = 3.8 oz bowl32 = 8.5 oz bowl

Element:B = 5 micron element

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)R = PT (BSPT)

Port Size:01 = 1/8 (14 series only)02 = 1/4 (14 or 22 series only)03 = 3/8 (22 series only)04 = 1/2 (22 or 32 series only)06 = 3/4 (32 series only)

Options (see pg 101):A* = auto drain (22 and 32 series)B = flexible drainC = CircleVision™ Sight Bowl (22 and 32 series)G = gaugeH* = 0-200 PSIG outputI = 0-25 PSIG outputJ = external pulse drainL = 0-60 PSIG outputM = metal bowl with sight glassN = non-relievingP = panel mount nutQ = metal manual drainR = manual lever drainT = tamper resistant (14 or 22 Series)

* = ‘A’ and ‘H’ options cannot be used together

PARTICULATEFILTER/REGULATORP14B, P22B, P32B Series

The integral part of the filter/regulator (‘piggyback’) is a two station

component designed to filter and regulate compressed air when cost

and space are of primary concern. As wet, dirty air enters, it immedi-

ately flows through the air deflector, causing the air to move in a

swirling motion. After condensed water is centrifugally removed, air

passes through the filter and into the regulator. The air pressure is

systematically reduced and exits the housing as clean, dry air that is

ready to work at the specified pressure.

NOTE: see separate filter (pg. 20) and regulator (pg. 24) pages for

additional information.

Application

Features

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series

ANSI SYMBOL

Specifications

• Three convenient sizes

• 5 micron element standard

• Can be installed as individual or modular unit

• Non-rising knob

• Optional CircleVision™ sight bowl

• Optional metal bowl with sight glass

• Standard output pressure 0-125 PSIG

• Bowl seal held captive (22 and 32 Series)

Polycarbonate CircleVision™ Metal (Zinc) bowl

Bowl Bowl w/ Sight Glass

Temperature Range (ºF) 40-120 40-120 40-120

Temperature Range (ºC) 4-50 4-50 4-50

Max. Pressure (PSIG) 150 250 200

Max. Pressure (BAR) 10 17 14

14 Series (Weight, lbs.) .75 - .80

14 Series (Weight, kg) .34 - .37

22 Series (Weight, lbs.) .91 1.2 1.5

22 Series (Weight, kg) .41 .55 .68

32 Series (Weight, lbs.) 1.81 2.34 2.94

32 Series (Weight, kg) .82 1.06 1.34

P32B-06 pictured

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

NOTE: To order a piston style filter/regulator, add ‘P’ to the model number

(i.e. P32BP-02GIP)

P 14 B - 02 GIP

Page 32: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

31FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series Particulate Filter/Regulator

DDiimmeennssiioonnss Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

14 Series Filter/Regulator

22 Series Filter/Regulator

32 Series Filter/Regulator

FFllooww RRaatteess based on 100 PSIG (7 BAR) inlet

P14B-02 (5 micron particulate) P22B-04 (5 micron particulate) P32B-06 (5 micron particulate)

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

Maintenance Flush piping before installation. To maintain maximum efficiency of the filter

and to avoid excessive pressure drop the filter must be kept clean. On standard filters, open

the drain (turn counter-clockwise for standard drain models) periodically to expel contents of

bowl before it reaches the level of the lower baffle.

Filter Cleaning Removal from operation is not necessary to clean the filter. Disassembly is

simple and can be performed inline. Before disassembling, shut off air supply and depressur-

ize the filter. Clean all parts (except the filter element) with household soap and blow out filter

body before reassembling.

Element Replacement Elements should be replaced after a pressure drop of 10 PSID

has been reached or after 1 year, whichever occurs first

Reduced Pressure Adjustment To adjust reduced pressure settings, lift knob and turn

(clockwise to increase pressure setting or counter clockwise to lower setting). With relieving

type regulators, adjustment for lower reduced pressure follows adjustment of the screw. With

non-relieving regulators, adjustment for lower reduced pressure will not be reached until the

reduced pressure system is “bled off” or until air flow starts.

Regulator Cleaning Erratic regulator operation or loss of regulation is almost always due to

dirt in the diaphragm area. To clean, shut off and depressurize the air line and disassemble the

regulator. Clean parts with household soap and blow out with compressed air. When reassem-

bling, make sure the disc assembly is firmly in place and the valve stem fits into the center hole

of the diaphragm assembly. Tighten cage slightly more than “hand tight.”

NNootteess

1/8

gauge

ports

air flow air flow air flow

1/4 gauge ports

1/8 gauge ports

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.200 TYP.2

(Ø5.1)

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.281 TYP.2

(Ø7.2)

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re

Page 33: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

32 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

COALESCINGFILTER/REGULATORC14D, C22D, C32D Series

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series

ANSI SYMBOL

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

How to Order

Application

Features

Specifications

• Cartridge element design

• Inner/outer support cores prevent element from crushing in either flow direction

• Connects easily to FLEXIBLOK ® Modular system

• Four element grades available

Polycarbonate CircleVision™ Metal (Zinc) bowl

Bowl Bowl w/ Sight Glass

Temperature Range (ºF) 40-120 40-120 40-120

Temperature Range (ºC) 4-50 4-50 4-50

Max. Pressure (PSIG) 150 250 200

Max. Pressure (BAR) 10 17 14

14 Series (Weight, lbs.) .80 N/A .85

14 Series (Weight, kg) .35 N/A .38

22 Series (Weight, lbs.) .92 1.2 1.6

22 Series (Weight, kg) .42 .55 .73

32 Series (Weight, lbs.) 1.82 2.35 2.95

32 Series (Weight, kg) .83 1.07 1.34

Model:C = Coalescer/

Regulator

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)R = PT (BSPT)

Element:C = .7 micron coarse coalescerD = .3 micron fine coalescerE = .1 micron ultra fine coalescerF = vapor adsorber

The Numatics C Series Coalescer/Regulator is a two station point of use air preparation systemdesigned to provide superior filtration and regulation in one compact housing.

The C Series combines a multiple support cartridge style borosilicate glass element with a pilot bal-anced regulator to assure the maximum performance of downstream components.

Available with four different element grade choices, the C Series Coalescer/Regulator can be outfit-ted to attack and remove the exact type of contamination that is critical to a specific application.

C32D-06 pictured

Options (see pg 101):A* = auto drain (22 and 32 only)B = flexible drainC = CircleVision™ sight bowlD = 3 micron, internal pleated prefilterG = gaugeH* = 0-200 PSIG outputI = 0-25 PSIG outputJ = external pulse drainL = 0-60 PSIG outputM = metal bowl with sight glassN = non-relievingP = panel mount nutQ = metal manual drainR = manual lever drainT = tamper-resistant (14 and 22 only)* = ‘A’ and ‘H’ options cannot be used together

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

C grade element, identified by its blue drain layer, is a coarse filter for large amounts of water,

rust, pipe scale, and liquid hydrocarbons. Excellent for environments that have severe contamina-

tion. Can be used for lubricated or ‘dry’ systems. Ideal for mainline filtration of plant air.

D grade element, identified by its green drain layer, is a fine filter for cylinder or valves - especially

when the circuit is being run without lubrication (‘dry’). Excellent filter for desiccant or regenerative

style dryers.

E grade element, identified by its red drain layer, is an ultra fine filter for oil-free instrumentation

air, blow molding, food and drug packaging, electronics applications, and other applications requir-

ing maximum contamination removal.

F grade element, identified by its white drain layer, is an adsorbing filter that utilizes activated car-

bon to capture hydrocarbon vapor and deodorize compressed air. Typically it is used to protect

worker environments, food and drug applications, breathing air, and instrumentation for analytical

instruments. Life expectancy is approximately 3 months at rated flow.

Recommended Uses

Prefilter Option - Suffix ‘D’Models using the C, D, or E grade elements can be equipped with an optional 3 micron internal

prefilter. The prefilter provides additional protection for the fine borosilicate fibers. Ideal for the

removal of high levels of solid contamination.

C 32 C - 06 AGNQ

Series:12 = 1.5 oz. bowl22 = 3.8 oz. bowl32 = 8.5 oz. bowl

Port Size:01 = 1/802 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/4

Page 34: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

33FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series Particulate Filter/Regulator

DDiimmeennssiioonnss Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

14 Series Coalescer/Regulator

22 Series Coalescer/Regulator

32 Series Coalescer/Regulator

FFllooww RRaatteess based on 100 PSIG (7 BAR) inlet

C14D-02 (5 micron particulate) C22D-04 (5 micron particulate) C32D-06 (5 micron particulate)

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

Maintenance Flush piping before installation. To maintain maximum efficiency of the filter

and to avoid excessive pressure drop the filter must be kept clean. On standard filters, open

the drain (turn counter-clockwise for standard drain models) periodically to expel contents of

bowl before it reaches the level of the lower baffle.

Filter Cleaning Removal from operation is not necessary to clean the filter. Disassembly is

simple and can be performed inline. Before disassembling, shut off air supply and depressur-

ize the filter. Clean all parts (except the filter element) with household soap and blow out filter

body before reassembling.

Element Replacement Elements should be replaced after a pressure drop of 10 PSID

has been reached or after 1 year, whichever occurs first

Reduced Pressure Adjustment To adjust reduced pressure settings, lift knob and turn

(clockwise to increase pressure setting or counter clockwise to lower setting). With relieving

type regulators, adjustment for lower reduced pressure follows adjustment of the screw. With

non-relieving regulators, adjustment for lower reduced pressure will not be reached until the

reduced pressure system is “bled off” or until air flow starts.

Regulator Cleaning Erratic regulator operation or loss of regulation is almost always due to

dirt in the diaphragm area. To clean, shut off and depressurize the air line and disassemble the

regulator. Clean parts with household soap and blow out with compressed air. When reassem-

bling, make sure the disc assembly is firmly in place and the valve stem fits into the center hole

of the diaphragm assembly. Tighten cage slightly more than “hand tight.”

NNootteess

1/8

gauge

ports

air flow air flow air flow

1/4 gauge ports

1/8 gauge ports

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.200 TYP.2

(Ø5.1)

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.281 TYP.2

(Ø7.2)

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re

Page 35: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

34 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

The proper lubrication of air tools, valves, cylinders, motors, etc. requires the use of an oil that isspecifically recommended for use in air line lubricators. An air line lubricant is often subjected tovery adverse conditions - high temperatures, dirty air, and oxidation caused by flowing air are just afew. Pneumatic devices are likely subjected to these same conditions in addition to sitting idle forlong periods of time. Unless the oil has superior oxidation stability and high film strength, it willblow off the surfaces to be oiled leaving a tacky residue known as ‘varnish’.

An important criterion is viscosity. If an oil is too heavy, it will not be atomized and carried down-stream to the component requiring lubrication. Often it will reclassify in the pipe. While it is impossi-ble to guarantee the success of any lubricating oil because of the variables, oils having the follow-ing characteristics usually perform quite well:

• Viscosity: 100-150 SUS at 100ºF• High viscosity index: over 90• Superior oxidation stability as determined by ASTM test D943: over 2000• Anti-foaming• High film strength• Compatible with Buna N rubber• Aniline range: 180-210

A lubricant that works well is Mobil D.T.E.® Light Lubricating Oil from Mobil Chemical company.This oil meets all of the foregoing specifications. Many other good lubricants are available. Consultyour Numatics representative for his recommendations.

How to Order

Series:14 = 1.5 oz. bowl22 = 3.8 oz. bowl32 = 8.5 oz. bowl

Style:L = Standard

Lubricators

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)R = PT (BSPT)

Port Size:01 = 1/8 (14 series only)02 = 1/4 (14 or 22 series only)03 = 3/8 (22 series only)04 = 1/2 (22 or 32 series only)06 = 3/4 (32 series only)

Options (see pg 101):C = CircleVision™ sight bowl

(22 and 32 Series only)F = button head fillK = drain on bowlM = metal bowl with sight glass

Model:L = Lubricator

LUBRICATOR L14L, L22L, L32L Series

Usually mounted third in the FRL Series, the lubricator is designed to inject oil aerosols into the

airstream of a pneumatic circuit. As air flows from the regulator, some air is diverted from the main

orifice and is allowed to flow through the fill under pressure bleed assembly and pressurize the

bowl. This forces oil up the siphon tube past a flow check and into the integral valve/sight dome.

The oil film then drops through the valve and into the atomization chamber at a rate that is auto-

matically proportional to the air flow. This virtually eliminates the need for readjustment. The

Numatics lubricator can begin delivering lubrication at flows less than 2 SCFM.

Application

Features

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series

ANSI SYMBOL

Specifications

• Three convenient sizes

• Lubrication to begin at less than 2 SCFM

• Can be filled under pressure (22 and 32 series only)

• Tamper-resistant knob standard

• Optional CircleVision™ sight bowl

• Optional metal bowl with sight glass

• Can be mounted as individual or modular unit

• Button head fill optional on all sizes

• Atomizing chamber develops longer life aerosols

14 Series 22 Series 32 Series

Temperature Range (ºF) 40-120 40-120 40-120

Temperature Range (ºC) 4-50 4-50 4-50

Max. Pressure (PSIG) 200 200 200

Max. Pressure (BAR) 14 14 14

Weight (lbs.) .60 .69 1.37

Weight (kg) .27 .31 .62

body material zinc aluminum aluminum

L32L-04 pictured

Finding the Proper Lubricant

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

L 22 L - 02 CF

Page 36: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

35FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series Lubricator

DDiimmeennssiioonnss Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

14 Series Lubricator

22 Series Lubricator

32 Series Lubricator

FFllooww RRaatteessL14L-02 (14 Series Lubricator) L22L-04 (22 Series Lubricator) L32L-06 (32 Series Lubricator)

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

Filling 22 and 32 Series lubricators may be filled while under pressure and without shut-

ting down equipment. An oil can with a long spout must be used in order to fill through the

fill port. Slowly remove fill plug and insert tip of spout to bottom of fill port recess or oil blow

back may occur. Fill to within 1” from the top of the bowl. Lubricators may also be filled

through the button head fill.

Adjustment To adjust oil drip rate, turn on the air, start flow, and set knob to obtain the

desired drip rate (visible through the sight dome). As a start, one or two drops per minute is

suggested, correct lubrication being a matter of experience and demand. Clockwise rotation

of knob decreases oil feed rate. To check lubrication, hold thumbnail or a mirror near the

equipment exhaust. A heavy film indicates over-lubrication and the drip rate should be

reduced by turning the knob to a lower setting.

Maintenance If both air and oil are kept clean and the oil level never allowed below the

end of the siphon tube in the bowl, the lubricator should provide long, unattended service.

When oil stops dripping through the sight dome, irrespective of knob adjustment, it is indica-

tive of necessary cleaning.

Cleaning It is not necessary to remove the lubricator from the line to clean. First, depres-

surize and disassemble the unit. In most cases, cleaning is only needed in the oil metering

area. Pull off the adjusting knob and unscrew the sight dome assembly, then remove the

inner drip spout and clean with household soap. Plastic bowls must be cleaned with house-

hold soap only.

NNootteess

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.200 TYP.2

(Ø5.1)

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.281 TYP.2

(Ø7.2)

Page 37: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

36 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

How to Order

Series:2232

Style:C = Standard

Solenoid Soft Start

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)R = PT (BSPT)

Port Size:02 = 1/4 (22 only)03 = 3/8 (22 only)04 = 1/2 (22/32)06 = 3/4 (32 only)

Options (see pg 101):B = standard solenoidE = 110V AC 50/60 HzF = 230V AC 50/60 HzJ = 24V AC 50/60 Hz coilK = 24V DC coilL = plug with lightP = standard black plug ass’yM = mufflerN = no manual overrideG = gauge

Model:S = Solenoid

Soft Start

SOLENOID SOFT START QUICKEXHAUST VALVE S22C, S32C Series

The S22C and S32C valves combine the gradual filling feature of an

auto pilot soft start with the added features of a solenoid quick

exhaust valve. Upon energizing the solenoid, pilot pressure is applied

to the top of the spool, shifting the spool downward and closing the

exhaust port. Pilot pressure is also applied to the shuttle valve, open-

ing it, and allowing supply air to be metered downstream through the

metering valve. When downstream pressure reaches approximately

60% of supply pressure, the spool opens the main valve, allowing full

flow. When the solenoid is de-energized pilot pressure is removed,

causing the spool to retract and opening the exhaust port.

Downstream pressure then exhausts through the exhaust port. The

shuttle valve also reseats, cutting off supply pressure.

Application

Features

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series

ANSI SYMBOL

Specifications

• Two convenient sizes

• Lockout feature prevents unauthorized pressurization of system

• High exhaust capacity for quick depletion of pressure

• High inlet to outlet flow capability

• Connects easily to FLEXIBLOK ® Modular system

• Incorporated metering valve controls how quickly downstream

pressure is reached, which controls the slow start feature

22 Series Exhaust Ports (NPTF): 1/2

32 Series Exhaust Ports (NPTF): 1/2

22 Series Gauge Ports (NPTF): 1/8

32 Series Gauge Ports (NPTF): 1/4

Temperature Range (ºF): 40-120

Temperature Range (ºC): 4-50

Min. Pressure (PSIG): 60

Min. Pressure (BAR): 4

Max. Pressure (PSIG): 150

Max. Pressure (BAR): 10

22 Series Weight, lbs. (kg.): .94 (.43)

32 Series Weight, lbs. (kg.): 1.56 (.71)

S32C-04BELM pictured

Cv in-out/out-exh (22 Series, 1/4): 2 / 1.2

Cv in-out/out-exh (22 Series, 3/8): 2.87 / 1.38

Cv in-out/out-exh (22 Series, 1/2): 3.62 / 1.32

Cv in-out/out-exh (32 Series, 1/2): 5.24 / 3.01

Cv in-out/out-exh (32 Series, 3/4): 6.47 / 3.14

body material: aluminum

Wattage & Amperage:

110V AC: 1.42 watts / .022 amps

230V AC: 2.0 watts / .016 amps

24V AC: 2.0 watts / 0.011 amps

24V DC:2.0 watts / 0.08 amps

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

S 32 C - 06 BFGLM

Page 38: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

37FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series Solenoid Soft Start Quick Exhaust Valve

DDiimmeennssiioonnss Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

22 Series Solenoid Soft Start

32 Series Solenoid Soft Start

FFllooww RRaatteess

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

Disassembly We do not recommend the disassem-

bly of the Solenoid Soft Start outside of the factory

except by trained, qualified individuals. There are no

serviceable components inside the unit.

Maintenance The only serviceable components are

located outside of the unit; the muffler (if equipped), the

solenoid, and the plug. These components may be

replaced if necessary (Please see the ‘Options and

Accessories’ and ‘Service Kits’ sections on pages 93

and 107, respectively).

NNootteess

S22C-04B (22 Series Solenoid Soft Start Quick Exhaust Valve) S32C-06B (32 Series Solenoid Soft Start Quick Exhaust Valve)

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

1/4 gauge ports

1/8 gauge ports

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.200 TYP.2

(Ø5.1)

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.281 TYP.2

(Ø7.2)

Page 39: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

How to Order

Series:2232

Style:E = Standard

Solenoid QuickExhaust Valve

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)R = PT (BSPT)

Port Size:02 = 1/4 (22 only)03 = 3/8 (22 only)04 = 1/2 (22/32)06 = 3/4 (32 only)

Options (see pg 101):B = standard solenoidE = 110V AC 50/60 HzF = 230V AC 50/60 HzJ = 24V AC 50/60 Hz coilK = 24V DC coilL = plug with lightP = standard black plug ass’yM = mufflerN = no manual overrideG = gauge

Model:S = Solenoid

QuickExhaust

SOLENOIDQUICK EXHAUSTVALVES22E, S32E Series

The S22E and S32E Solenoid Quick Exhaust Valves are high flow,

high exhaust, normally closed, 3-ported, 2-position directional control

shut-off valves which increases safety for machine operators. When

the solenoid is energized, inlet air is applied to the top of the spool.

The spool shifts downward, sealing the exhaust port and pushing

down and opening the main valve, allowing full flow downstream.

When the solenoid is de-energized, air is cut from the spool, allowing

the springs to retract and the spool and main valve to return to their

normally closed positions, thus rapidly exhausting all downstream air.

The bottom exhaust port is tapped to allow for muffler installation.

Application

Features

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series

ANSI SYMBOL

Specifications

• Two convenient sizes

• Lockout feature (located in slide valve) prevents unauthorized

pressurization of system

• Standard manual override (or with no manual override option)

• Low-wattage coil prevents high-temperatures

• High exhaust capacity for quick depletion of pressure

• High inlet to outlet flow capability

• Connects easily to FLEXIBLOK ® Modular system

22 Series Exhaust Ports (NPTF): 1/2

32 Series Exhaust Ports (NPTF): 1/2

22 Series Gauge Ports (NPTF): 1/8

32 Series Gauge Ports (NPTF): 1/4

Temperature Range (ºF): 40-120

Temperature Range (ºC): 4-50

Min. Operating Pressure (PSIG): 35

Min. Operating Pressure (BAR): 2.45

Max. Operating Pressure (PSIG): 150

Max. Operating Pressure (BAR): 10

22 Series Weight, lbs. (kg.): 1.15 (.53)

32 Series Weight, lbs. (kg.): 1.75 (.79)

S32E-04BELM pictured

Cv in-out/out-exh (22 Series, 1/4): 2 / 1.2

Cv in-out/out-exh (22 Series, 3/8): 2.87 / 1.38

Cv in-out/out-exh (22 Series, 1/2): 3.62 / 1.32

Cv in-out/out-exh (32 Series, 1/2): 5.24 / 3.01

Cv in-out/out-exh (32 Series, 3/4): 6.47 / 3.14

Body material: Aluminum

Wattage & Amperage:

110V AC: 1.42 watts / .022 amps

230V AC: 2.0 watts / .016 amps

24V AC: 2.0 watts / 0.011 amps

24V DC:2.0 watts / 0.08 amps

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

S 32 E - 04 BFGLM

38

Page 40: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series Solenoid Quick Exhaust Valve

DDiimmeennssiioonnss Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

22 Series Solenoid Quick Exhaust

32 Series Solenoid Quick Exhaust

FFllooww RRaatteess

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

Disassembly We do not recommend the disassem-

bly of the Solenoid Quick Exhaust outside of the facto-

ry except by trained, qualified individuals. There are no

serviceable components inside the unit.

Maintenance The only serviceable components are

located outside of the unit; the muffler (if equipped), the

solenoid, and the plug. These components may be

replaced if necessary (Please see the ‘Options and

Accessories’ and ‘Service Kits’ sections on pages 93

and 107, respectively).

NNootteess

S22E-04B (22 Series Solenoid Soft Start Quick Exhaust Valve) S32E-06B (32 Series Solenoid Soft Start Quick Exhaust Valve)

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

1/4 gauge ports

1/8 gauge ports

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.200 TYP.2

(Ø5.1)

MOUNTING HOLES

Ø.281 TYP.2

(Ø7.2)

39

Page 41: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

40 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

12 VS14-01 VS14G01 VS14R01 1.63 (41) 1.6 (41) 1.6 (41) 3 (76) 1/8

VS14-02 VS14G02 VS14R02 1.63 (41) 1.6 (41) 1.6 (41) 3 (76) 1/4

22 VS22-02 VS22G02 VS22R02 2.0 (50) 2.16 (55) 1.86 (47) 3.1 (79) 1/4

VS22-03 VS22G03 VS22R03 2.0 (50) 2.16 (55) 1.86 (47) 3.1 (79) 3/8

VS22-04 VS22G04 VS22R04 2.0 (50) 2.16 (55) 1.86 (47) 3.1 (79) 1/2

32 VS32-04 VS32G04 VS32R04 2.25 (57) 3.0 (76) 2.57 (65) 4.2 (107)1/2

VS32-06 VS32G06 VS32R06 2.25 (57) 3.0 (76) 2.57 (65) 4.2 (107)3/4

Designed to give FLEXIBLOK ® com-

ponents total versatility, the diverter

block mounts directly inline with the

FRL combination. Additional compo-

nents can then be manifold mounted

in a compact manner that doesn’t

cause excessive pressure drop.

There are two available ports per

unit; both are tapped for standard

service.

Max. inlet pressure: 200 PSI (13.7

bar)

12 DK14-02 DK14G02 DK14R02 1.72 1.54 1.6 1/4 1/8 Tapped 1/4 NPTF In & Out

(44) (39) (41) with two 1/8 NPTF branches

22 DK22-03 DK22G03 DK22R03 2.165 2.00 2.165 1/2 3/8 Tapped 1/2 NPTF in & out

(55) (50) (55) with two 3/8 NPTF branches

32 DK32-04 DK32G04 DK32R04 3.00 2.70 3.00 3/4 1/2 Tapped 3/4 NPTF in & out

(76) (69) (76) with two 1/2 NPTF branches

Series Model # Dimensions Ports

NPTF BSPP BSPT A B C D E

The FLEXIBLOK ® Shut-Off Valve is an easy and inexpensive way to add

shut off capability to an FRL. The valve includes a lockout feature designed

for a padlock to prevent unauthorized downstream pressurization during

maintenance. The shut off valve is usually mounted first in the assembly.

Max. inlet pressure: 200 PSI (13.7 bar)

• Relieves downstream pressure when closed

• Lockout feature prevents unauthorized pressurization of system

• Easy modular connection

• Can be used as individual component

Model #s Dimensions

NPTF BSPP BSPT A B C D Ports

SHUT-OFF VALVE VS14, VS22, VS32 Series

DIVERTER BLOCK DK14, DK22, DK32 Series

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series FLEXIBLOK®

Shut-Off Valve/Diverter Block

ANSI SYMBOL

NOTE: Add “N” to end of model number for non-relieving model (i.e. VS14-01N)

Page 42: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

41FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series FLEXIBLOK®

Diverter Plates/Rear-Ported End Plates

Diverter plates are designed to provide air

signals in a compact space. Used individu-

ally or in combination, they can be used

with gauges or switches to determine a

pressure or ∆ pressure signal.

Max. inlet pressure: 200 PSI (13.7 bar)

Series Model # Dimensions Outlet Application

NPTF BSPP BSPT A B C Port

14 HK14-01 HK14G01 HK14R01 1.54 (39) 1.50 (38) .75 (19) 1/8 Mounts between two units

22 HK22-01 HK22G01 HK22R01 2.00 (51) 2.00 (51) .75 (19) 1/8 Mounts between two units

32 HK32-01 HK32G01 HK32R01 3.00 (76) 3.00 (76) .75 (19) 1/8 Mounts between two units

Available only in the 32 Series, the

Rear-Ported End Plate allows an FRL to

be mounted flush with a surface and the

piping to exit the rear of the combina-

tion.

Max. inlet pressure: 200 PSI (13.7 bar)

Series Model Number Style NPTF Description

32 MR32A A 1/2 Left rear porting

32 MR32B B 1/2 Right side rear porting

32 MR32AB A/B 1/2 Both rear ported plates

DIVERTER PLATES HK14, HK22, HK32 Series

REAR-PORTED END PLATES MR32 Series

Page 43: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL Series Notes

42 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 44: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

High Flow FRL Series

50 Series Filters 44

50 Series Regulators 45

50 Series Pilot Operated Regulators 46

50 Series Lubricators 48

50 Series Filter/Regulator/Lubricator Combinations 49

50 Series Filter/Lubricator Combinations 49

50 Series Filter/Coalescer/Lubricator Combinations 49

FRL Products and Accessories

43FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 45: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

50 SERIES FILTER F50B Series

Primary air filters are designed to separate liquid, water, rust, pipe scale, and debris from air lines.

They should be installed upstream of the regulator and/or lubricator to prevent contamination from

reaching other components.

Water is removed mechanically by the deflector which causes the air to move in a swirling motion.

The condensed water droplets are then centrifugally impounded upon the ID of the bowl and fall

down past the quiet zone baffle to the water sump. Dry air passes through the sintered element uti-

lizing depth filtration and removes debris down to specified micron size.

Application

Numatics High Flow FRL Series

ANSI SYMBOL

SpecificationsTemperature Range (ºF) 40-150

Temperature Range (ºC) 4.4-65

Max. Pressure (PSIG) 250

Max. Pressure (BAR) 17.2

1/4 & 3/8 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 1.8 (.81)

1/2 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 2.8 (1.27)

3/4 & 1 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 6.3 (2.9)

1& 1 1/2 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 7.0 (3.2)

F50B-04 pictured

Features• Metal bowl with sight glass standard

• Manual or automatic drain

• Standard output pressure 0-125 PSIG

Mounting Dimensions

Flow Ratings

How to Order

Model:F = Filter

Series:50 = high flow

Element:B = 5 micron

(standard)

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 110 = 1 1/412 = 1 1/2

Options (see pg 101):A = auto float drain

size A B C D E

1/4 & 3/8 5.94 (150) 2.50 (64) .50 (13) 5.5 (140) 2.9 (74)

1/2 6.43 (163) 3.25 (83) .60 (15) 6.25 (159) 3.8 (97)

3/4 & 1 8.81 (224) 4.56 (116) 1.94 (49) 7.88 (200) 4.97 (126)

1 1/4 9.53 (242) 5.19 (132) 1.28 (33) 8.25 (210) 4.97 (126)

1 1/2 9.53 (242) 5.19 (132) 1.28 (33) 8.25 (210) 4.97 (126)

Product Cross Section

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

model micron pipe bowl SCFM*

rating size size

F50B-02 5 1/4 5 oz. 50

F50B-03 5 3/8 5 oz. 70

F50B-04 5 1/2 8 oz. 100

F50B-06 5 3/4 16 oz. 186

F50B-08 5 1 16 oz. 260

F50B-10 5 1 1/4 16 oz. 275

F50B-12 5 1 1/2 16 oz. 275

* Flow rates based on 100 PSIG inlet and 5# PSID

44

F 50 B - 08 A

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 46: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

How to Order

Model:R = Regulator

Series:50 = high flow

Style:R = relieving

(standard)N = non-relieving

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 110 = 1 1/412 = 1 1/2

Options (see pg 101):G = gaugeH = 0-250 regulator output

50 SERIES REGULATOR R50 Series

Regulators are used to reduce pressure to a required working pressure. Utilizing optimum pressure

can save companies both component life and many dollars in compressed air costs.

Regulators consist of a diaphragm which floats between a main spring and a valve. By turning the

adjustment handle clockwise, the main spring is forced onto the rubber diaphragm which, in turn, is

pressed onto the valve stem. When the spring pressure becomes greater than the air pressure in

the control chamber below the diaphragm, the valve is forced down and flow begins. As flow con-

tinues, the pressure begins to build and air, via the aspirator tube, fills the control chamber and

forces the diaphragm upward. As forces balance, the small spring under the valve piston causes

the valve to close. The cycle continues in a balanced process of reducing or increasing flow based

upon the downstream pressure.

Application

Numatics High Flow FRL Series

ANSI SYMBOL

SpecificationsTemperature Range (ºF) 40-120

Temperature Range (ºC) 4.4-46.9

Max. Pressure (PSIG) 300

Max. Pressure (BAR) 20.7

1/4 & 3/8 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 1.8 (.81)

1/2 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 2.8 (1.27)

3/4 & 1 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 6.2 (2.8)

1 & 1 1/2 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 7.2 (3.3)

R50R-04 pictured

Features• Diaphragm-operated regulator

• T-handle standard

• Standard output pressure 0-125 PSIG

Mounting Dimensions

size A B C D

1/4 & 3/8 6.19 (157) 2.75 (70) 1.38 (35) 3.0 (76)

1/2 6.75 (171) 3.75 (95) 1.47 (37) 3.56 (90)

3/4 & 1 10.44 (265) 4.44 (113) 1.94 (49) 4.69 (119)

1 1/4 10.81 (275) 5.19 (132) 1.28 (33) 8.2 (208)

1 1/2 10.81 (275) 5.19 (132) 1.28 (33) 8.2 (208)

Flow Ratings

Product Cross Section

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

model pipe SCFM* @ reduced pressure of

size 25 PSIG 60 PSIG 80 PSIG

R50R-02 1/4 60 80 90

R50R-03 3/8 70 90 100

R50R-04 1/2 160 180 200

R50R-06 3/4 370 385 395

R50R-08 1 370 385 395

R50R-10 1 1/4 370 385 395

R50R-12 1 1/2 370 385 395

* Flow rates based on 100 PSIG (7 BAR) inlet and

25% PSID

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

45

R 50 N - 12 GH

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 47: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

How to Order

Model:R = Regulator

Series:50 = high flow

Style:W= all Pilot Operated

Regulators

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 110 = 1 1/412 = 1 1/216 = 220 = 2 1/2

Options (see pg 101):G = gauge (0-160 PSIG)N = non-relieving

(not available in 2 or2 1/2 models)

50 SERIES PILOT OPERATEDREGULATOR R50W Series

Pilot Operated Regulators are adapted for control by a remote or dis-

tant small pilot regulator. These models are ideal for maximum

capacity requirements in applications where standard models would

not be readily accessible.

Application

Numatics High Flow FRL Series

ANSI SYMBOL

Specifications

R50W-06 pictured

Features• High flow

• Reduced pressure within 5-7 PSIG of pilot pressure

• Relieving or non-relieving models

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

Temperature Range (ºF) 40-120

Temperature Range (ºC) 4.4-46.9

Max. Pressure (PSIG/BAR) 300/20.7

Min. Pilot Pressure (PSIG/BAR) 7 (.5)

Max. Pilot Pressure (PSIG/BAR) 300 (20)

Max. Supply Pressure (PSIG/BAR) 300 (20)

1/4 & 3/8 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 1.6 (.72)

1/2 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 2.6 (1.1)

3/4 & 1 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 5.2 (2.4)

1 1/4 & 1 1/2 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 5.6 (2.5)

2 & 2 1/2 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 15 (6.8)

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

46

R 50 W - 08 N

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 48: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics High Flow FRL Series Pilot Operated Regulator

DDiimmeennssiioonnss Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

50 Series Pilot Operated Regulator (02,03,04)

50 Series Pilot Operated Regulator (06,08)

50 Series Pilot Operated Regulator (10,12)

air flow (SCFM)

FFllooww RRaatteess based on 100 PSI (7 BAR) inlet

50 Series Pilot Operated Regulator (02,03,04)

50 Series Pilot Operated Regulator (06,08)

50 Series Pilot Operated Regulator (10,12)

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

size A B C D

1/4 & 3/8 3.38 (86) 2.75 (70) 1.38 (35) 3.0 (76)

1/2 3.88 (99) 3.25 (83) 1.47 (37) 3.56 (90)

Diaphragm style regulator shown above. Note: 16 and 20 models are pis-

ton style regulators and not the diaphragm model shown above

air flow (SCFM)

50 Series Pilot Operated Regulator (16,20)

size A B C D

3/4 & 1 4.84 (123) 4.44 (113) 1.93 (49) 4.68 (119)

size A B C D E

1 1/4 & 5.2 (132) 4.93 (125) 1.88 (48) 4.68 (119) 5.55 (141)

1 1/2

size A B C D E

2 & 2 1/2 8.88 (226) 7.31 (186) 3.09 (78) 6.63 (168) 8.0 (203)

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

rere

du

ce

d p

ressu

re

50 Series Pilot Operated Regulator (16,20)

air flow (SCFM)

air flow (SCFM)

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

rere

du

ce

d p

ressu

re

47FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 49: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

50 SERIES LUBRICATOR L50 Series

Usually mounted third in the FRL Series, the lubricator is designed to inject oil aerosols into the

airstream of a pneumatic circuit. As air flows from the regulator, some air is diverted from the main

orifice and is allowed to flow through the fill under pressure bleed assembly and pressurize the

bowl. This forces oil up the siphon tube and into the integral valve/sight dome. The oil film then

drops through the valve and into the atomization chamber at a rate that is automatically proportion-

al to the air flow. This virtually eliminates the need for readjustment.

Application

Numatics High Flow FRL Series

ANSI SYMBOL

Specifications

L50L-04 pictured

Features• High flow

• Numerical adjustment

• Standard output pressure 0-125 PSIG

Std with

Lub. ‘J’ optionTemperature Range (ºF) 40-150 40-120

Temperature Range (ºC) 4.4-65 4.4-46.9

Max. Pressure (PSIG) 250 150

Max. Pressure (BAR) 17.2 10.2

1/4 & 3/8 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 2.2 (1.0) -

1/2 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 3.3 (1.5) -

3/4 & 1 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 4.2 (1.9) 7.2 (3.3)

1& 1 1/2 Weight, lbs. (kg.) 7.5 (3.4) 10 (4.5)

How to Order

Model:L = Lubricator

Series:50 = high flow

Element:L = Standard 16 oz

bowlJ = 64 oz. (1.9 liter)

bowl (not available on 02, 03, or 04 models)

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 110 = 1 1/412 = 1 1/2

Options (see pg 101):F = button head fillQ = lubricator autofill

(not available on 02 or 03 models)

Mounting Dimensionals

Flow Ratings

Product Cross Section

size A B C D E

1/4 & 3/8 7.06 (179) 2.50 (64) 2.22 (56) 4.84 (123) 2.9 (74)

1/2 7.9 (201) 3.25 (83) 2.31 (59) 5.59 (142) 3.8 (97)

3/4 & 1 9.88 (251) 4.06 (103) 2.63 (67) 7.25 (184) 4.97 (126)

1 1/4 10.47 (266) 4.81 (122) 2.84 (72) 7.63 (194) 4.97 (126)

1 1/2 10.47 (266) 4.81 (122) 2.84 (72) 7.63 (194) 4.97 (126)

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

model pipe size bowl size SCFM*

L50L-02 1/4 5 oz. 60

L50L-03 3/8 5 oz. 90

L50L-04 1/2 8 oz. 130

L50L-06 3/4 16 oz. 300

L50L-08 1 16 oz. 325

L50L-10 1 1/4 16 oz. 500

L50L-12 1 1/2 16 oz. 570

* Flow rates based on 100 PSIG inlet and 25%

PSID

48

L 50 J - 06 Q

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 50: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

50 SERIES COMBINATIONS N50 Series

Numatics High Flow FRL Series

Filter/Regulator/Lubricator

Filter/Lubricator

Filter/Coalescer/Regulator

PipeModel # Size SCFM Filter Regulator Lubricator

NPTFN50-02FRL 1/4 50 F50B-02 R50R-02 L50L-02

N50-03FRL 3/8 70 F50B-03 R50R-03 L50L-03

N50-04FRL 1/2 105 F50B-04 R50R-04 L50L-04

N50-06FRL 3/4 186 F50B-06 R50R-06 L50L-06

N50-08FRL 1 260 F50B-08 R50R-08 L50L-08

N50-10FRL 1 1/4 275 F50B-10 R50R-10 L50L-10

N50-12FRL 1 1/2 275 F50B-12 R50R-12 L50L-12

N50-04FRL-R pictured

How to Order

NippledTogether

Series:50 = high flow

Combination:FRL = filter / regulator / lubricatorFLX = filter / lubricatorFDR = filter / coalescer / regulator

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Options (see pg 101):A = auto float drainB = 40 micron filter elementD = pleated prefilter on coalescerF = lubricator button head fillG = regulator gaugeH = 0-250 PSIG regulator outputJ = 64 oz. lubricator bowl (not

available on 02, 03, or 04)N = non-relieving regulatorQ = auto fill lubricator (not

available on 02 or 03)R = hex nipple connectionsU = coalescer pop-up indicator

Port Size:02 = 1/4 08 = 103 = 3/8 10 = 1 1/404 = 1/2 12 = 1 1/206 = 3/4

N50-06FLX-R pictured

N50-08FDR-R pictured

PipeModel # Size SCFM Filter Lubricator

NPTFN50-02FLX 1/4 50 F50B-02 L50L-02

N50-03FLX 3/8 70 F50B-03 L50L-03

N50-04FLX 1/2 105 F50B-04 L50L-04

N50-06FLX 3/4 186 F50B-06 L50L-06

N50-08FLX 1 260 F50B-08 L50L-08

N50-10FLX 1 1/4 275 F50B-10 L50L-10

N50-12FLX 1 1/2 275 F50B-12 L50L-12

PipeModel # Size SCFM Filter Coalescer Regulator

NPTFN50-02FDR 1/4 50 F50B-02 F610D-02 R50R-02

N50-03FDR 3/8 70 F50B-03 F610D-03 R50R-03

N50-04FDR 1/2 105 F50B-04 F610D-04 R50R-04

N50-06FDR 3/4 186 F50B-06 F612D-06 R50R-06

N50-08FDR 1 260 F50B-08 F612D-08 R50R-08

N50-10FDR 1 1/4 275 F50B-10 F624D-10 R50R-10

N50-12FDR 1 1/2 275 F50B-12 F624D-12 R50R-12

49

N 50 - 08 FRL AFGH

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 51: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics FRL 50 Series High Flow Notes

50 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 52: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Stainless Steel FRL Series

70 Series Stainless Steel Particulate Filters 52

70 Series Stainless Steel Coalescing Filters 53

70 Series Stainless Steel Regulators 54

70 Series Stainless Steel Particulate Filter/Regulators 55

70 Series Stainless Steel Lubricators 56

71 Series Stainless Steel Miniature Filters, Regulators, Filter Regulators 57

FRL Products and Accessories

51FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 53: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

STAINLESS STEEL PARTICULATEFILTER F70B Series

Application

ANSI SYMBOL

F70B-04 pictured

Features• 316 stainless steel body construction

• All seals made of Viton®

• 5 micron element standard

• Meets NACE specifications

Specifications

How to Order

Model:F = Filter

Series:70 = stainless steel

4.0 oz (.12 liter)bowl capacity

Element:B = 5 micron (standard)

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:04 = 1/2

Options (see pg 101):A = auto drain

Max. Operating Pressure: 300 PSIG (20 bar)

Temperature Range: 40º to 180º F (4º to 82º C)

Weight: 1.88 lbs (.85 kg)

Element: sintered polypropylene

Numatics Stainless Steel FRL Series

Primary air filters are designed to separate liquid, water, rust, pipe scale, and

debris from air lines. They should be installed upstream of the regulator or

lubricator to prevent contamination from reaching other components.

Water is removed mechanically by the deflector which causes the air to

move in a swirling motion. The condensed water droplets are then centrifu-

gally impounded upon the ID of the bowl and fall down past the quiet zone

baffle to the water sump. Dry air passes through the sintered element utiliz-

ing depth filtration and removes debris down to specified micron size.

Dimensions

Series A B C D

70 5.00 .56 1.75 2.38

(127) (14) (45) (60)

71 3.69 .37 1.56 1.56

(94) (9.4) (40) (40)

Flow Rates

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

52

F 70 B - 04 A

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 54: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

STAINLESS STEEL COALESCINGFILTER F70 Series

ANSI SYMBOL

F70D-04 pictured

Numatics Stainless Steel FRL Series

Application

Features• 316 stainless steel body construction • Complete coalescing filter line

• All seals made of Viton® • Meets NACE specifications

Specifications

How to Order

Model:F = Filter

Series:70 = stainless steel

4.0 oz (.12 liter)bowl capacity

Element:C = .7 micronD = .3 micron (standard)E = .1 micronF = adsorber

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:04 = 1/2

Options (see pg 101):A = auto drainD = 3 micron, internal pleated

prefilter

Max. Operating Pressure: 300 PSIG (20 bar) Weight: 1.88 lbs (.85 kg)

Temperature Range: 40º to 180º F (4º to 82º C)

C grade element, identified by its blue drain layer, is a coarse filter for large amounts of water,

rust, pipe scale, and hydrocarbons. Excellent for environments that have severe contamination.

Can be used for lubricated or ‘dry’ systems. Ideal for mainline filtration of plant air.

D grade element, identified by its green drain layer, is a fine filter for cylinder or valves - especially

when the circuit is being run without lubrication (‘dry’). Excellent filter for desiccant or regenerative

style dryers.

E grade element, identified by its red drain layer, is an ultra fine filter for oil-free instrumentation

air, blow molding, food and drug packaging, electronics applications, and other applications requir-

ing maximum contamination removal.

F grade element, identified by its white drain layer, is an adsorbing filter that utilizes activated car-

bon to deodorize compressed air. Typically it is used to protect worker environments, food and

drug applications, and instrumentation for analytical instruments. Life expectancy is approximately

3 months at rated flow.

Recommended Uses

The coalescing filter is utilized when either clean air is required or longer component life is desired.

This type of filter removes water and oil aerosols. It works differently than the particulate filter; dirty

air enters the element from the center and passes through a field of glass fibers which cause the

aerosols to form into droplets which are heavier than the surrounding air. The droplets grow larger

as they pass through the element and gravity causes the oil drops to drain to the sump of the bowl.

By removing the harmful oil varnishes and contaminant that attack seals and gaskets, the valve or

cylinder is much less likely to stick. To maximize the life of a coalescing filter it should always be

used after a 5 micron particulate filter or with the optional prefilter.

Prefilter Option - Suffix ‘D’Models using the C, D, or E grade elements can be equipped with an optional 3 micron internal

prefilter. The prefilter provides additional protection for the fine borosilicate fibers. For most applica-

tions, a separate 5 micron particulate filter is not required.

Dimensions

Series A B C D

70 5.00 .56 1.75 2.38

(127) (14) (45) (60)

71 3.69 .37 1.56 1.56

(94) (9.4) (40) (40)

Flow Rates

pre

ssu

re d

rop

53

F 70 F - 04 AD

air flow

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 55: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Regulators are used to reduce pressure to a required working pressure.

Utilizing optimum pressure can save companies both component life and

many dollars in compressed air costs.

Regulators consist of a diaphragm which floats between a main spring (top)

and a valve (bottom). By turning the adjustment handle clockwise, the main

spring is forced onto the rubber diaphragm which, in turn, is pressed onto the

valve stem. When the spring pressure becomes greater than the air pressure

in the control chamber below the diaphragm, the valve is forced down and

flow begins. As flow continues, the pressure begins to build and air, via the

aspirator tube, fills the control chamber and forces the diaphragm upward.

As forces balance, the small spring under the valve piston causes the valve

to close. The cycle continues in a balanced process of reducing or increasing

flow based upon the downstream pressure.

STAINLESS STEEL REGULATOR R70 SeriesANSI SYMBOL

R70R-04 pictured

Numatics Stainless Steel FRL Series

Application

Features• 316 stainless steel body construction

• All seals made of Viton®

• 0-125 PSI standard

• Meets NACE specifications

Specifications

How to Order

Model:R = Regulator

Series:70 = stainless steel

4.0 oz (.12 liter)bowl capacity

Element:N = non-relievingR = relieving (standard)

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:04 = 1/2

Options (see pg 101):G = regulator gaugeH = 0-250 PSIP = regulator panel unit

Max. Operating Pressure: 350 PSIG (24 bar)

Temperature Range: 40º to 150º F (4º to 65º C)

Weight: 1.79 lbs (.81 kg)

Dimensions

Series A B C D

70 4.94 1.38 2.31 2.44

(125) (35) (59) (62)

71 2.88 .50 1.56 1.56

(73) (12.7) (40) (40)

Flow Rates based on 100 PSI (7 BAR) inlet

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

54

R 70 R - 04 HP

air flow

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re

Page 56: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

STAINLESS STEEL PARTICULATEFILTER/REGULATOR P70 Series

ANSI SYMBOL

P70B-04 pictured

Numatics Stainless Steel FRL Series

Application

Features• 316 stainless steel body construction

• All seals made of Viton®

• 0-125 PSI standard

• Meets NACE specifications

Specifications

How to Order

Model:P = Filter/

Regulator(Piggyback)

Series:70 = stainless steel

4.0 oz (.12 liter)bowl capacity

Element:B = 5 micron (standard)

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:04 = 1/2

Options (see pg 101):H = 0-250 PSIN = non-relieving

Max. Operating Pressure: 300 PSIG (20 bar)

Temperature Range: 40º to 180º F (4º to 82º C)

Weight: 2.43 lbs (1.1 kg)

Element: sintered polypropylene

The integral part of the filter/regulator (‘piggyback’) is a two station compo-

nent designed to filter and regulate compressed air when cost and space are

of primary concern. As wet, dirty air enters, it immediately flows through the

air deflector, causing the air to move in a swirling motion. After condensed

water is centrifugally removed, air passes through the filter and into the regu-

lator. The high pressure of the air is systematically reduced via the adjust-

ment spring and valve and exits the housing as clean and dry air that is

ready to work at the specified pressure.

NOTE: see separate filter (pg. 52) and regulator (pg. 54) pages for additional

information.

DimensionsFlow Rates based on 100 PSI (7 BAR) inlet

Series A B C D

70 8.5 4.94 2.38 2.44

(216) (125) (60) (62)

71 6.13 3.75 1.56 1.56

(156) (95) (40) (40)

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

55

P 70 B - 04 HN

air flow

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re

Page 57: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

STAINLESS STEEL LUBRICATORL70L Series

ANSI SYMBOL

L70L-04 pictured

Numatics Stainless Steel FRL Series

Application

Features• 316 stainless steel body construction

• All seals made of Viton®

• Meets NACE specifications

Specifications

How to Order

Model:L = Lubricator

Series:70 = stainless steel

4.0 oz (.12 liter)bowl capacity

Element:L = all lubricators

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:04 = 1/2

Max. Operating Pressure: 350 PSIG (24 bar)

Temperature Range: 40º to 150º F (4º to 65º C)

Weight: 1.79 lbs (.81 kg)

Usually mounted third in the FRL Series, the lubricator is designed to inject

oil aerosols into the airstream of a pneumatic circuit. As air flows from the

regulator, some air is diverted from the main orifice and is allowed to flow

through the fill under pressure bleed assembly and pressurize the bowl. This

forces oil up the siphon tube and into the integral valve/sight dome. The oil

film then drops through the valve and into the atomization chamber at a rate

that is automatically proportional to the air flow. This virtually eliminates the

need for readjustment.

DimensionsFlow Rates

Series A B C D E

70 5.0 1.81 1.75 .94 2.38

(126) (46) (45) (24) (60)

Not available in 71 Series

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

56

L 70 L - 04

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 58: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

MINIATURE STAINLESS STEEL FRLSERIES F71/R71/P71 Series

Numatics Miniature Stainless Steel FRL Series

Miniature Stainless Steel Particulate Filter

Miniature Stainless Steel Coalescing Filter

Miniature Stainless Steel Regulator

Miniature Stainless Steel Particulate Filter / Regulator

Specifications:

PRESSURE: 300 PSIG (20 bar) metal bowl

TEMPERATURE: 40º to 180º (4º to 82º C) metal bowl

WEIGHT: 0.7 lbs (0.31 kg.)

ELEMENT: sintered polypropylene

Specifications:

PRESSURE: 300 PSIG (20 bar) metal bowl

TEMPERATURE: 40º to 180º (4º to 82º C) metal bowl

WEIGHT: 0.7 lbs (0.31 kg.)

ELEMENT: borosilicate glass

Specifications:

PRESSURE: 350 PSIG (24 bar)

TEMPERATURE: 40º to 150º (4º to 65º C)

WEIGHT: 0.5 lbs (0.23 kg.)

Specifications:

PRESSURE: 300 PSIG (20 bar) metal bowl

TEMPERATURE: 40º to 150º (4º to 65º C) metal bowl

WEIGHT: 0.8 lbs (0.37 kg.)

Model # Pipe Micron CvSize Rating

F71B-02 1/4 5 .91

Model # Pipe Micron CvSize Rating

F71C-02 1/4 .7 1.2F71D-02 1/4 .3 .9F71E-02 1/4 .1 .4F71F-02 1/4 Adsorbing 1.5

Model # PipeSize

R71R-02 1/4

Model # Pipe MicronSize Rating

P71B-02 1/4 5

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re (

ba

se

d o

n 1

00

PS

IGin

let)

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT

gauge threads

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT

gauge threads

57

pre

ssu

re d

rop

air flow

air flow

red

uc

ed

pre

ssu

re (

ba

se

d o

n 1

00

PS

IGin

let)

air flow

for dimensions, see page 50

for dimensions, see page 51

for dimensions, see page 52

for dimensions, see page 53

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 59: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics Stainless Steel FRL Series Notes

58 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 60: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Delta Series™ Filters

Water Separators 60

3.0 Micron Particulate Filter 61

1.0 Micron Coarse Grade Coalescing Filter 62

0.3 Micron Fine Grade Coalescing Filter 63

0.01 Ultra Fine Grade Coalescing Filter 64

Adsorbing Grade Filter 65

Dimensions 66

Options and accessories 67

FRL Products and Accessories

59FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 61: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

60 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

WATER SEPARATORF900X Series

Numatics Delta Series™ Filters

How to Order

Model:F = Filter

Series:900 = Delta

Series™

Type:X = water

separator

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/404 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 112 = 1 1/216 = 224 = 3

Options (see pg 67):A = auto drainB = mounting bracketsN = electronic drain valve

F 900 X - 16 BN

The water separator is an ideal solution where water contamination is pre-

sent. Water can damage pneumatic components, degrade your final product,

and cause valves and cylinders to stick.

The F900X series utilizes an internal spinner to remove large quantities of

contamination by centrifugal action. Water, debris, and rust are spun outward

to the inside diameter of the bowl. Gravity then sends the contaminant to the

bottom of the bowl for discharge.

Application

Recommended Uses

• Bulk liquid and solid contamination removal

• Downstream from compressor/aftercoolers

• Protection for coalescing elements from large liquid loading

• Refrigerated compressed air dryers

Flow Rates

SCFM based on 60 PSI inlet with .75 PSID

SCFM dm3/s

F900X-02 14 6.6

F900X-04 38 18

F900X-06 76 36

F900X-08 114 54

F900X-12 230 109

F900X-16 460 217

F900X-24 843 398

SCFM based on 100 PSI inlet with .75 PSID

SCFM dm3/s

F900X-02 18 8.5

F900X-04 58 27

F900X-06 117 55

F900X-08 176 83

F900X-12 353 167

F900X-16 706 333

F900X-24 1294 611

NOTE: Maximum water removal efficiency occurs at stated flows

Specifications

Materials of Construction

Body: aluminum Drain: brass Baffle: polyamide

Seals: Viton®

Maximum temperature: 175ºF (80ºC)

Maximum pressure: 250 PSIG (17 bar)

F900X-12 pictured

Page 62: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

61FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

3.0 MICRONPARTICULATE FILTERF900G Series

Numatics Delta Series™ Filters

ANSI SYMBOL

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

How to Order

Model:F = Filter

Series:900 = Delta

Series™

Element:G = 3.0 micron

Threads:- = NPTFG = BSPP

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 108X = 1 high flow10 = 1 1/412 = 1 1/216 = 220 = 2 1/224 = 3

Options (see pg 67):A = auto drainB = mounting bracketsG = differential pressure gaugeN = electronic drain valve

F 900 G - 04 AG

The particulate filter is designed for heavy dirt loading. Large particles such

as rust, desiccant dust, and debris will rob the life of your pneumatic compo-

nents. Contaminant is generated from desiccant type air dryers, older carbon

steel pipes, and from the intake of a compressor.

The F900G series features a pleated design - folds of cellulose composite

media which provide a large amount of surface area and extend the life of

the element. When air flows - from the outside of the element to the inside -

the particles are trapped in the space between the filter bowl and the ele-

ment.

Application

Recommended Uses

• Solid bulk contamination removal

• Afterfilter to a desiccant dryer

• Protection for coalescers in heavy aerosol applications

• 3 micron particle removal in 'dry' systems

Flow Rates

SCFM based on 60 PSI inlet with 1.5 PSID

SCFM dm3/s

F900G-02 70 33

F900G-03 70 33

F900G-04 70 33

F900G-06 107 51

F900G-08 129 61

F900G-08X 172 81

F900G-10 322 152

F900G-12 387 183

F900G-16 752 355

F900G-20 967 456

F900G-24 1209 571

SCFM based on 100 PSI inlet with 1.5 PSID

SCFM dm3/s

F900G-02 107 51

F900G-03 107 51

F900G-04 107 51

F900G-06 165 78

F900G-08 198 93

F900G-08X 264 125

F900G-10 495 234

F900G-12 594 280

F900G-16 1155 545

F900G-20 1485 701

F900G-24 1856 876

Specifications

Materials of Construction

Body: aluminum Drain: brass End caps:

Seals: Viton® Tie rod: brass anodized aluminum

Options none A A G N AG AG GN

Port all 1/4-1 1 1/4-3 all all 1/4-1 1 1/4-3 all

Max. press. PSIG (bar) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17)

Max. temp. ºF (ºC) 275 (135) 150 (66) 250 (121) 175 (80) 130 (55) 150 (66) 175 (80) 130 (55)

F900G-08G pictured

Page 63: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

62 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

1.0 MICRON COARSE COALESCERF900H Series

Numatics Delta Series™ Filters

ANSI SYMBOL

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

How to Order

Model:F = Filter

Series:900 = Delta

Series™

Element:H = 1.0 micron

Threads:- = NPTFG = BSPP

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 108X = 1 high flow10 = 1 1/412 = 1 1/216 = 220 = 2 1/224 = 3

Options (see pg 67):A = auto drainB = mounting bracketsD = internal pleated prefilterG = differential pressure gaugeN = electronic drain valve

F 900 H - 04 AG

The coarse coalescing filter is utilized when low pressure drop or crude separa-

tion is required. The coarse filter element is preferred in low pressure and vacu-

um application so that the efficiency of the compressor or pump is not sacrificed.

Also, the coalescing element will take out crude amounts of large liquid oil and

water particles, specifically downstream of a compressor to protect a dryer.

The F900H features a unique vacuum-formed process. It utilizes micro-glass

fibers in raw form to create a seamless, depth-loading media. Combined with a

rigid fiber-coating epoxy, the filter element has great strength, high efficiency, and

superior life.

Application

Recommended Uses• Mainline plant filtration

• Prefilter to refrigerated air dryer

• 1 micron particle removal in 'dry' systems

• Heavy oil concentration removal

Optional Internal Pleated Prefilter

Flow Rates

Numatics Delta Series™ filters are premium quality filters which include an

optional 3.0 micron, internal pleated prefilter. This prefilter provides protec-

tion for the fine borosilicate fibers by removing over 99% of 3.0 micron and

larger particles, extending the life of the filter element.

SCFM based on 60 PSI inlet with 1.5 PSID

SCFM dm3/s

F900H-02 68 32

F900H-03 68 32

F900H-04 68 32

F900H-06 104 49

F900H-08 125 59

F900H-08X 167 79

F900H-10 313 148

F900H-12 375 177

F900H-16 729 344

F900H-20 938 443

F900H-24 1172 553

SCFM based on 100 PSI inlet with 1.5 PSID

SCFM dm3/s

F900H-02 104 49

F900H-03 104 49

F900H-04 104 49

F900H-06 160 76

F900H-08 192 91

F900H-08X 256 121

F900H-10 480 227

F900H-12 576 272

F900H-16 1120 529

F900H-20 1440 680

F900H-24 1800 850

Specifications

Materials of ConstructionBody: aluminum Drain: brass End caps:

Seals: Viton® Tie rod: brass anodized aluminum

Options none A A G N AG AG GN

Port all 1/4-1 1 1/4-3 all all 1/4-1 1 1/4-3 all

Max. press. PSIG (bar) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17)

Max. temp. ºF (ºC) 275 (135) 150 (66) 250 (121) 175 (80) 130 (55) 150 (66) 175 (80) 130 (55)

F900H-08G pictured

Page 64: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

63FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

0.3 MICRON FINE COALESCERF900D Series

Numatics Delta Series™ Filters

ANSI SYMBOL

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

How to Order

Model:F = Filter

Series:900 = Delta

Series™

Element:D = 0.3

micron element

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 108X = 1 high flow10 = 1 1/412 = 1 1/216 = 220 = 2 1/224 = 3

Options (see pg 67):A = auto drainB = mounting bracketsD = internal pleated prefilterG = differential pressure gaugeN = electronic drain valve

F 900 D - 16 BN

The fine coalescing filter is utilized when clean air is required and longer

component life is desired. It is recommend in most point-of-use applications

for industrial use. Also, the fine coalescer removes small particles of oil,

water, and rust that can create problems in painting and coating processes.

The F900D features a unique vacuum-formed process. It utilizes micro-glass

fibers in raw form to create a seamless, depth-loading media. Combined with

a rigid fiber-coating epoxy, the filter element has great strength, high efficien-

cy, and superior life.

Application

Recommended Uses

• Paint spraying

• Pneumatic tools and instrumentation

• Robotics

• 0.3 micron particle removal in 'dry' systems

• Moderate oil concentration removal

Flow Rates

SCFM based on 60 PSI inlet with 1.5 PSID

SCFM dm3/s

F900D-02 42 20

F900D-03 42 20

F900D-04 42 20

F900D-06 65 31

F900D-08 78 37

F900D-08X 104 49

F900D-10 195 92

F900D-12 234 110

F900D-16 456 215

F900D-20 586 277

F900D-24 733 346

Optional Internal Pleated Prefilter

Numatics Delta Series™ filters are premium quality filters which include an

optional 3.0 micron, internal pleated prefilter. This prefilter provides protec-

tion for the fine borosilicate fibers by removing over 99% of 3.0 micron and

larger particles, extending the life of the filter element.

SCFM based on 100 PSI inlet with 1.5 PSID

SCFM dm3/s

F900D-02 65 31

F900D-03 65 31

F900D-04 65 31

F900D-06 100 47

F900D-08 120 57

F900D-08X 160 76

F900D-10 300 142

F900D-12 360 170

F900D-16 700 330

F900D-20 900 425

F900D-24 1125 531

Specifications

Materials of Construction

Body: aluminum Drain: brass End caps:

Seals: Viton® Tie rod: brass anodized aluminum

Options none A A G N AG AG GN

Port all 1/4-1 1 1/4-3 all all 1/4-1 1 1/4-3 all

Max. press. PSIG (bar) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17)

Max. temp. ºF (ºC) 275 (135) 150 (66) 250 (121) 175 (80) 130 (55) 150 (66) 175 (80) 130 (55)

F900D-08G pictured

Page 65: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

64 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

0.01 MICRONULTRA FINECOALESCERF900E Series

Numatics Delta Series™ Filters

ANSI SYMBOL

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

Model:F = Filter

Series:900 = Delta

Series™

Element:E = 0.01

micron element

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 108X = 1 high flow10 = 1 1/412 = 1 1/216 = 220 = 2 1/224 = 3

Options (see pg 67):A = auto drainB = mounting bracketsD = internal pleated prefilterG = differential pressure gaugeN = electronic drain valve

F 900 E - 24 ABHow to Order

The ultra fine coalescing filter is ideal where critically clean air is needed and

pressure drop is not a concern. It is a polishing filter to clean up any remains

of particles or oil that are left over from the compressor room filtration. It is

mainly a point-of-use filter that is targeted specifically for critical processes. It

is also used to protect and extend the life of membrane filters.

The F900E features a unique vacuum-formed process. It utilizes micro-glass

fibers in raw form to create a seamless, depth-loading media. Combined with

a rigid fiber-coating epoxy, the filter element has great strength, high efficien-

cy, and superior life.

Application

Recommended Uses• Blow molding plastics

• Semiconductor packaging

• Critical instrumentation

• 0.01 micron particle removal in 'dry' systems

• Low oil concentration removal

Flow Rates

Optional Internal Pleated Prefilter

Numatics Delta Series™ filters are premium quality filters which include an

optional 3.0 micron, internal pleated prefilter. This prefilter provides protec-

tion for the fine borosilicate fibers by removing over 99% of 3.0 micron and

larger particles, extending the life of the filter element.

SCFM based on 60 PSI inlet with 1.5 PSID

SCFM dm3/s

F900E-02 25 12

F900E-03 25 12

F900E-04 25 12

F900E-06 39 18

F900E-08 47 22

F900E-08X 63 30

F900E-10 117 55

F900E-12 141 67

F900E-16 274 129

F900E-20 352 166

F900E-24 440 208

SCFM based on 100 PSI inlet with 1.5 PSID

SCFM dm3/s

F900E-02 39 18

F900E-03 39 18

F900E-04 39 18

F900E-06 60 28

F900E-08 72 34

F900E-08X 96 45

F900E-10 180 85

F900E-12 216 102

F900E-16 420 198

F900E-20 540 255

F900E-24 675 319

Specifications

Materials of Construction

Body: aluminum Drain: brass End caps:

Seals: Viton® Tie rod: brass anodized aluminum

Options none A A G N AG AG GN

Port all 1/4-1 1 1/4-3 all all 1/4-1 1 1/4-3 all

Max. press. PSIG (bar) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17) 250 (17)

Max. temp. ºF (ºC) 275 (135) 150 (66) 250 (121) 175 (80) 130 (55) 150 (66) 175 (80) 130 (55)

F900E-08G pictured

Page 66: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

65FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

ADSORBING GRADE FILTERF900F Series

Numatics Delta Series™ Filters

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

Model:F = Filter

Series:900 = Delta

Series™

Element:F = adsorbing

gradeelement

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 108X = 1 high flow10 = 1 1/412 = 1 1/216 = 220 = 2 1/224 = 3

Options (see pg 67):B = mounting bracketsF 900 F - 06 B

How to Order

The adsorbing filter removes oil and larger hydrocarbon vapor from the com-

pressed air stream. Since it only removes vapor, a coalescing element -

specifically the F900D - should be used immediately upstream of the adsorb-

ing filter. Since optimum adsorption occurs at lower temperatures, it is rec-

ommended to apply the filter as close to the point-of-use as possible.

The F900F features fine activated charcoal impregnated on polyester. The

activated carbon particles have a high affinity to vapor and are extremely effi-

cient due to the tremendous amount of surface area present. The adsorbing

element and the coalescing element should be changed every 3 to 6 months

depending on the application.

Application

Recommended Uses

• Breathing air applications

• Food and drug industries having direct product contact with exhaust air

• Odor-free air applications

• Heavier hydrocarbon vapor removal

Flow RatesSCFM based on 60 PSI inlet with 1.5 PSID

SCFM dm3/s

F900F-02 42 20

F900F-03 42 20

F900F-04 42 20

F900F-06 65 31

F900F-08 78 37

F900F-08X 104 49

F900F-10 195 92

F900F-12 234 110

F900F-16 456 215

F900F-20 586 276

F900F-24 733 346

SCFM based on 100 PSI inlet with 1.5 PSID

SCFM dm3/s

F900F-02 65 31

F900F-03 65 31

F900F-04 65 31

F900F-06 100 47

F900F-08 120 57

F900F-08X 160 76

F900F-10 300 142

F900F-12 360 170

F900F-16 700 330

F900F-20 900 425

F900F-24 1125 531

Specifications

Materials of Construction

Body: aluminum Drain: brass End caps:

Seals: Viton® Tie rod: brass anodized aluminum

Maximum temperature: 150ºF (66ºC)

Maximum pressure: 250 PSIG (17 bar)

F900F-04 pictured

Page 67: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

66 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Delta Series™ FIlters

DDiimmeennssiioonnss (in inches; millimeters in parenthesis)

Mounting Bracket

Automatic Drain

Numatics Delta Series™ Filters Dimensional drawings

Differential Pressure Indicators

Slide Pressure Indicator

(for port sizes 1/4, 3/8, & 1/2 only)

Square Dial Indicator

(for port sizes 3/4 through 3 only)

A B C D E F G H J K L

BRK9001 1.13 .32 Ø.88 1.38 .82 1.63 4.0 1.0 .5 .62 .38

(29) (8) (Ø22) (35) (21) (41) (102) (25) (13) (16) (10)

BRK9002 1.5 .27 Ø1.94 2.5 1.24 2.47 5.0 1.0 .4 1.5 .5

(38) (7) (Ø42) (64) (31) (63) (127) (25) (10) (38) (13)

Model A B C D E*

F900*-02 3.8 (97) 0.9 (23) 0.7 (18) 9.3 (236) 5.9 (150)

F900*-03 3.8 (97) 0.9 (23) 0.7 (18) 9.3 (236) 5.9 (150)

F900*-04 3.8 (97) 0.9 (23) 0.7 (18) 9.3 (236) 5.9 (150)

F900*-06 4.6 (117) 2.3 (58) 1.3 (33) 14.8 (376) 9.8 (250)

F900*-08 4.6 (117) 2.3 (58) 1.3 (33) 14.8 (376) 9.8 (250)

F900*-08X 4.6 (117) 2.3 (58) 1.3 (33) 18.3 (465) 11.8 (300)

F900*-10 4.6 (117) 2.3 (58) 1.3 (33) 21 (533) 16.7 (425)

F900*-12 4.6 (117) 2.3 (58) 1.3 (33) 21 (533) 16.7 (425)

F900*-16 6.1 (155) 2.3 (58) 1.7 (43) 26.8 (681) 21.7 (550)

F900*-20 9.3 (236) 2.3 (58) 2.9 (74) 31.3 (795) 21.7 (550)

F900*-24 9.3 (236) 2.3 (58) 2.9 (74) 31.3 (795) 21.7 (550)

* The “E” dimension refers to the amount of space needed below the

bottom of the bowl in order to remove the bowl.

Page 68: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

67FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics Delta Series™ Filters Options and accessories

Auto DrainsThe Auto Drain (“A” option) is installed into the bottom of the filter bowl.

As the liquid level inside the bowl increases, the tire-like float lifts,

allowing the liquid to drain.

AKF60 - for port sizes 1/4 through 1 (high flow) only

Maximum Temperature: 150º F (65º C)

Maximum Pressure: 250 PSIG (17 bar)

AKF90 - for port sizes 1 1/4 through 3 only

Maximum Temperature: 250º F (125º C)

Maximum Pressure: 250 PSIG (17 bar)

AMounting BracketsMounting brackets (“B” option) are used to fix Delta Series™ filters to

a panel. The brackets, made of sturdy stainless steel, are screwed

into the bracket mounting holes located on both the in and out ports.

BRK9001 for port sizes 1/4 through 1/2 only

BRK9002 for port sizes 3/4 through 1 1/2 onl

NOTE: There is no bracket available for port sizes 2, 2 1/2, or 3

Electronic Drain ValveThe Electronic Drain Valve (‘N’ option) offers automatic draining of bowl con-

tents in a timed sequence. Easy-to-use controls on the drain’s face allow the

user to set the drain open and closed time. Its large orifice allows even the

largest rust and pipe scale particles to be easily expelled. Includes a 110 volt

AC solenoid, 6 ft (2 m) power cord, grounded plug, and elbow for attaching

to bowl.

EDV-04-110AC 110v AC, 1/2 NPTF Electronic Drain Valve with adapter

(for other voltages, please contact your local distributor)

Max. Press./Max. Temp: 300 PSIG (21 bar) / 130ºF (54ºC)

Pressure IndicatorsAllows exact determination of pressure drop across an element. On the

dial indicator, pressure drop is easily monitored during the life of the ele-

ment. On the slide indicator, necessary element change is indicated by

the green area turning red. The casing and sight dome are constructed

of polyamide.

PDI90 - Slide Indicator (‘G’ option) for port sizes 1/4, 3/8, & 1/2 only

Max. Temp.: 176º F (80º C) Max. Pres.: 230 PSIG (16 bar)

PDI91 - Square Dial Indicator (‘G’ option) for port sizes 3/4 through 3 only

Max. Temp.: 176º F (80º C) Max. Pres.: 230 PSIG (16 bar)

Page 69: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics Delta Series™ Filters Notes

68 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 70: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

High Flow Filter Series

3.0 Micron Particulate Filter 70

0.7 Micron Coarse Grade Coalescing Filter 72

0.3 Micron Fine Grade Coalescing Filter 74

0.1 Micron Ultra Fine Grade Coalescing Filter 76

Adsorbing Grade Filter 78

FRL Products and Accessories

69FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 71: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

PARTICULATE GRADE FILTER 3.0 Micron

Primary air filters are designed to separate liquid, water, rust, pipe scale, and debris from air lines.

They should be installed upstream of the regulator and/or lubricator to prevent contamination from

reaching other components.

Water is removed mechanically by the deflector which causes the air to move in a swirling motion.

The condensed water droplets are then centrifugally impounded upon the ID of the bowl then fall

down past the quiet zone baffle to the water sump. Dry air passes through the sintered element uti-

lizing depth filtration and removes debris down to specified micron size.

Application

Numatics High Flow Filter Series

ANSI SYMBOL

Specifications

Recommended Uses• Prefilter to coalescers

• Desiccant air dryer after filter

• Solid contamination removal

Element Grade: G

Element Color: black

Solid Particle Efficiency at .5 µm: 98.5%

Maximum Solid Particle Passed: 3 micron

Flow Path: outside to inside of element (B A)Maximum Temperature: 150º F (65º C)

Maximum Pressure: 300 PSIG (20 bar)

Dimensions are for units with no differential option. Add 1.63 (41) to the height for units with a

Delta Pressure Indicator.

Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

To convert from SCFM to Nl/min, multiply SCFM x 28.32

Flow Rates

How to Order

Model:F = Filter

Series:607, 608, 612, 624

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 110 = 1 1/412 = 1 1/216 = 220 = 2 1/2

Options (see pg 101):A = auto float drainG = Differential Indicator

GaugeS = Delta Pressure

IndicatorElement:G = 3.0 micron element

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

100

F607G-04

F608G-08

F612G-12

F624G-20

200 300 400 500 600

Recommended settings for:

Very severe conditions

(SCFM x .5)

Severe conditions

(SCFM x .75)

Normal conditions

(SCFM x 1.0)

Decreasing performance to

maximum flow

Recommended SCFM settings for particle saturated systems

70

F 608 G - 06 AS

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 72: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

3 Micron High Flow Particulate Filter (F607G-02, F607G-03, F607G-04)

3 Micron High Flow Particulate Filter (F612G-10, F612G-12)

DDiimmeennssiioonnss aanndd FFllooww RRaatteess Flows are based on 100 PSIG inlet and a 2 PSID

3 Micron High Flow Particulate Filter (F608G-06, F608G-08)

3 Micron High Flow Particulate Filter (F624G-12, F624G-16, F624G-20)

Numatics High Flow Filter Series Particulate Grade Coalescing Filter

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F607G-02 1/4 8 oz 35 2.3 7.09 2.84 .97 5.84 3.29 2.8 lb

.24 L (991) (181) (73) (25) (49) (86) 1.3 kg

F607G-03 3/8 8 oz 50 3.2 7.09 2.84 .97 5.84 3.29 2.8 lb

.24 L (1416) (181) (73) (25) (49) (86) 1.3 kg

F607G-04 1/2 8 oz 65 4.1 7.09 2.84 .97 5.84 3.29 2.8 lb

.24 L (1814) (181) (73) (25) (49) (86) 1.3 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F608G-06 3/4 16 oz 160 10.7 9.13 4.15 1.25 7.47 4.49 7.0 lb

.47 L (4531) (232) (106) (32) (190) (116) 3.2 kg

F608G-08 1 16 oz 210 14 9.13 4.15 1.25 7.47 4.49 7.0 lb

.47 L (5947) (232) (106) (32) (190) (116) 3.2 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F612G-10 1 1/4 32 oz 230 15.3 12.72 4.78 1.59 10.72 4.49 7.5 lb

1 L (6513) (324) (122) (41) (273) (116) 3.4 kg

F612G-12 1 1/2 32 oz 250 16.7 12.72 4.78 1.59 10.72 4.49 7.5 lb

1 L (7080) (324) (122) (41) (273) (116) 3.4 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F624G-12 1 1/2 100 oz 375 25 24.31 4.78 1.59 22.31 4.56 12.5 lb

3 L (10620) (618) (122) (41) (567) (116) 5.7 kg

F624G-16 2 100 oz 500 33.3 28.05 5.78 2.18 25.46 5.59 12.5 lb

3 L (14160) (713) (147) (56) (647) (142) 5.7 kg

F624G-20 2 1/2 100 oz 625 41.7 28.05 5.78 2.18 25.46 5.59 12.5 lb

3 L (17700) (713) (147) (56) (647) (142) 5.7 kg

71FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 73: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

COARSE GRADE COALESCING FILTER0.7 Micron

Numatics High Flow Filter Series

ANSI SYMBOL

The coalescing filter is utilized when either clean air is required or longer component life is desired.

This type of filter removes water and oil aerosols. It works differently than the particulate filter; dirty

air enters the element from the center and passes through a field of glass fibers which cause the

aerosols to form into droplets which are heavier than the surrounding air. The droplets grow larger

as they pass through the element and gravity causes the oil drops to drain to the sump of the bowl.

By removing the harmful oil varnishes and contaminant that attack seals and gaskets, the valve or

cylinder is much less likely to stick. To maximize the life of a coalescing filter it should always be

used after a 5 micron particulate filter or with the optional prefilter.

Application

Specifications

Recommended Uses• Liquid and solid bulk contamination removal

• Mainline plant filtration

• Prefilter to refrigerated dryer

• Large pneumatic tools

• Particle removal in ‘dry’ systems

Element Grade: C

Element Color: blue

D.O.P. Efficiency at .3 to .6 µm: 95%

Oil Carryover Rate: 2.5 ppm

Solid Efficiency at .7 µm and Larger: 99.99%

Aerosol Efficiency at 1 µm and Larger: 98%

Flow Path: inside to outside of element (A B)Maximum Temperature: 150º F (65º C)

Maximum Pressure: 300 PSIG (20 bar)

How to Order

Model:F = Filter

Series:607, 608, 612, 624

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 110 = 1 1/412 = 1 1/216 = 220 = 2 1/2

Options (see pg 101):A = auto float drainD = 3 micron, internal

pleated prefilterG = Differential Indicator

GaugeU = Pop-Up Differential

Indicator (not availableon 16 or 20 port size)

S = Delta PressureIndicator

Element:C = .7 micron element

Flow Rates

Dimensions are for units with no differential option. Add 1.63 (41) to the height for units with a

Delta Pressure Indicator and add .41 (10) for units with the Pop-Up Differential Indicator.

Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

To convert from SCFM to Nl/min, multiply SCFM x 28.32

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

100

F607C-04

F607C-08

F612C-12

F624C-20

200 300 400 500 600

Recommended settings for:

Very severe conditions

(SCFM x .5)

Severe conditions

(SCFM x .75)

Normal conditions

(SCFM x 1.0)

Decreasing performance to

maximum flow

Recommended SCFM settings for oil/water saturated systems

72

F 624 C - 16 DU

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 74: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

DDiimmeennssiioonnss aanndd FFllooww RRaatteess Flows are based on 100 PSIG inlet and a 2 PSID

Numatics High Flow Filter Series Coarse Grade Coalescing Filter

.7 Micron Coarse Grade Coalescing Filter (F607C-02, F607C-03, F607C-04)

.7 Micron Coarse Grade Coalescing Filter (F612C-10, F612C-12)

.7 Micron Coarse Grade Coalescing Filter (F608C-06, F608C-08)

.7 Micron Coarse Grade Coalescing Filter (F624C-12, F624C-16, F624C-20)

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F607C-02 1/4 8 oz 35 2.3 7.09 2.84 .97 5.84 3.29 2.8 lb

.24 L (991) (181) (73) (25) (49) (86) 1.3 kg

F607C-03 3/8 8 oz 50 3.2 7.09 2.84 .97 5.84 3.29 2.8 lb

.24 L (1416) (181) (73) (25) (49) (86) 1.3 kg

F607C-04 1/2 8 oz 65 4.1 7.09 2.84 .97 5.84 3.29 2.8 lb

.24 L (1814) (181) (73) (25) (49) (86) 1.3 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F608C-06 3/4 16 oz 160 10.7 9.13 4.15 1.25 7.47 4.49 7.0 lb

.47 L (4531) (232) (106) (32) (190) (116) 3.2 kg

F608C-08 1 16 oz 210 14 9.13 4.15 1.25 7.47 4.49 7.0 lb

.47 L (5947) (232) (106) (32) (190) (116) 3.2 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F612C-10 1 1/4 32 oz 230 15.3 12.72 4.78 1.59 10.72 4.49 7.5 lb

1 L (6513) (324) (122) (41) (273) (116) 3.4 kg

F612C-12 1 1/2 32 oz 250 16.7 12.72 4.78 1.59 10.72 4.49 7.5 lb

1 L (7080) (324) (122) (41) (273) (116) 3.4 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F624C-12 1 1/2 100 oz 375 25 24.31 4.78 1.59 22.31 4.56 12.5 lb

3 L (10620) (618) (122) (41) (567) (116) 5.7 kg

F624C-16 2 100 oz 500 33.3 28.05 5.78 2.18 25.46 5.59 12.5 lb

3 L (14160) (713) (147) (56) (647) (142) 5.7 kg

F624C-20 2 1/2 100 oz 625 41.7 28.05 5.78 2.18 25.46 5.59 12.5 lb

3 L (17700) (713) (147) (56) (647) (142) 5.7 kg

73FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 75: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

FINE GRADE COALESCING FILTER 0.3 Micron

Numatics High Flow Filter Series

ANSI SYMBOL

The coalescing filter is utilized when either clean air is required or longer component life is desired.

This type of filter removes water and oil aerosols. It works differently than the particulate filter; dirty

air enters the element from the center and passes through a field of glass fibers which cause the

aerosols to form into droplets which are heavier than the surrounding air. The droplets grow larger

as they pass through the element and gravity causes the oil drops to drain to the sump of the bowl.

By removing the harmful oil varnishes and contaminant that attack seals and gaskets, the valve or

cylinder is much less likely to stick. To maximize the life of a coalescing filter it should always be

used after a 5 micron particulate filter or with the optional prefilter.

Application

Specifications

Recommended Uses• Paint spraying

• Numatrol systems

• Oil aerosol removal in ‘dry’ air systems

• Small pneumatic tools

• Pneumatic instrumentation

• Robotics

Element Grade: D

Element Color: green

D.O.P. Efficiency at .3 to .6 µm: 99.97%

Oil Carryover Rate: 0.015 ppm

Solid Efficiency at .3 µm and Larger: 99.99%

Aerosol Efficiency at .75 µm and Larger: 99.99%

Flow Path: inside to outside of element (A B)Maximum Temperature: 150º F (65º C)

Maximum Pressure: 300 PSIG (20 bar)

How to Order

Model:F = Filter

Series:610, 612, 624, 634

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 110 = 1 1/412 = 1 1/216 = 220 = 2 1/2

Element:D = .3 micron element

Flow Rates

Dimensions are for units with no differential option. Add 1.63 (41) to the height for units with a

Delta Pressure Indicator and add .41 (10) for units with the Pop-Up Differential Indicator.

Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

To convert from SCFM to Nl/min, multiply SCFM x 28.32

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

100

F610D-04

F612D-08

F624D-12

F634D-20

200 300 400 500 600

Recommended settings for:

Very severe conditions

(SCFM x .5)

Severe conditions

(SCFM x .75)

Normal conditions

(SCFM x 1.0)

Decreasing performance to

maximum flow

Recommended SCFM settings for aerosol saturated systems

Options (see pg 101):A = auto float drainD = 3 micron, internal

pleated prefilterG = Differential Indicator

GaugeU = Pop-Up Differential

Indicator (not availableon 16 or 20 port size)

S = Delta PressureIndicator

74

F 610 D - 03 AUS

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 76: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

DDiimmeennssiioonnss aanndd FFllooww RRaatteess Flows are based on 100 PSIG inlet and a 2 PSID

Numatics High Flow Filter Series Fine Grade Coalescing Filter

.3 Micron Fine Grade Coalescing Filter (F612D-06, F612D-08)

.3 Micron Fine Grade Coalescing Filter (F624D-08, F624D-10, F624D-12)

.3 Micron Fine Grade Coalescing Filter (F610D-02, F610D-03, F610D-04)

.3 Micron Fine Grade Coalescing Filter (F634D-12, F634D-16, F634D-20)

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F610D-02 1/4 16 oz 30 2.3 10.34 2.84 .97 8.97 3.37 3.9 lb

.47 L (850) (263) (73) (25) (228) (86) 1.8 kg

F610D-03 3/8 16 oz 40 3.1 10.34 2.84 .97 8.97 3.37 3.9 lb

.47 L (1133) (263) (73) (25) (228) (86) 1.8 kg

F610D-04 1/2 16 oz 50 3.9 10.34 2.84 .97 8.97 3.37 3.9 lb

.47 L (1416) (263) (73) (25) (228) (86) 1.8 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F612D-06 3/4 32 oz 80 6.2 12.97 4.15 .75 10.28 4.56 7.5 lb

1 L (2266) (330) (106) (32) (282) (116) 3.4 kg

F612D-08 1 32 oz 100 7.7 12.97 4.15 .75 10.28 4.56 7.5 lb

1 L (2832) (330) (106) (32) (282) (116) 3.4 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F624D-08 1 100 oz 145 11.2 22.59 4.15 1.66 21.9 4.56 10.5 lb

3 L (4106) (574) (106) (32) (557) (116) 4.8 kg

F624D-10 1 1/4 100 oz 220 17 23.49 4.78 1.59 22.31 4.56 13.8 lb

3 L (6230) (597) (122) (41) (567) (116) 6.3 kg

F624D-12 1 1/2 100 oz 250 19.2 23.49 4.78 1.59 22.31 4.56 13.8 lb

3 L (7080) (597) (122) (41) (567) (116) 6.3 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F634D-12 1 1/2 205 oz 325 25 30.89 4.78 1.59 29.31 4.56 18.0 lb

6 L (9204) (785) (122) (41) (745) (116) 8.1 kg

F634D-16 2 205 oz 395 30.4 34.79 5.78 2.18 32.21 5.59 21.0 lb

6 L (11186) (885) (147) (56) (819) (142) 9.5 kg

F634D-20 2 1/2 205 oz 395 30.4 34.79 5.78 2.18 32.21 5.59 21.0 lb

6 L (11186) (885) (147) (56) (819) (142) 9.5 kg

75FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 77: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

ULTRA FINE GRADE COALESCING FILTER 0.1 Micron

Numatics High Flow Filter Series

ANSI SYMBOL

The coalescing filter is utilized when either clean air is required or longer component life is desired.

This type of filter removes water and oil aerosols. It works differently than the particulate filter; dirty

air enters the element from the center and passes through a field of glass fibers which cause the

aerosols to form into droplets which are heavier than the surrounding air. The droplets grow larger

as they pass through the element and gravity causes the oil drops to drain to the sump of the bowl.

By removing the harmful oil varnishes and contaminant that attack seals and gaskets, the valve or

cylinder is much less likely to stick. To maximize the life of a coalescing filter it should always be

used after a 5 micron particulate filter or with the optional prefilter.

Application

Specifications

Recommended Uses• Blow molding plastics

• Food and drug packaging

• Semiconductor packaging

• Critical instrumentation

• Film processing

Element Grade: E

Element Color: red

D.O.P. Efficiency at .3 to .6 µm: 99.99%

Oil Carryover Rate: 0.01 ppm

Solid Efficiency at .1 µm and Larger: 99.99%

Aerosol Efficiency at .75 µm and Larger: 99.99%

Flow Path: inside to outside of element (A B)Maximum Temperature: 150º F (65º C)

Maximum Pressure: 300 PSIG (20 bar)

How to Order

Model:F = Filter

Series:610, 612, 624, 634

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 110 = 1 1/412 = 1 1/216 = 220 = 2 1/2

Element:E = .1 micron element

Flow Rates

Dimensions are for units with no differential option. Add 1.63 (41) to the height for units with a

Delta Pressure Indicator and add .41 (10) for units with the Pop-Up Differential Indicator.

Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

To convert from SCFM to Nl/min, multiply SCFM x 28.32

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

100

F610E-04

F612E-08

F624E-12

F634E-20

200 300 400 500 600

Recommended settings for:

Very severe conditions

(SCFM x .5)

Severe conditions

(SCFM x .75)

Normal conditions

(SCFM x 1.0)

Decreasing performance to

maximum flow

Recommended SCFM settings for last trace saturated systems

Options (see pg 101):A = auto float drainD = 3 micron, internal

pleated prefilterG = Differential Indicator

GaugeU = Pop-Up Differential

Indicator (not availableon 16 or 20 port size)

S = Delta PressureIndicator

76

F 634 E - 20 ADG

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 78: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

DDiimmeennssiioonnss aanndd FFllooww RRaatteess Flows are based on 100 PSIG inlet and a 2 PSID

Numatics High Flow Filter Series Ultra Fine Grade Coalescing Filter

.1 Micron Fine Grade Coalescing Filter (F612E-06, F612E-08)

.1 Micron Fine Grade Coalescing Filter (F624E-08, F624E-10, F624E-12)

.1 Micron Fine Grade Coalescing Filter (F610E-02, F610E-03, F610E-04)

.1 Micron Fine Grade Coalescing Filter (F634E-12, F634E-16, F634E-20)

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F610E-02 1/4 16 oz 20 1.5 10.34 2.84 .97 8.97 3.37 3.9 lb

.47 L (566) (263) (73) (25) (228) (86) 1.8 kg

F610E-03 3/8 16 oz 25 1.9 10.34 2.84 .97 8.97 3.37 3.9 lb

.47 L (708) (263) (73) (25) (228) (86) 1.8 kg

F610E-04 1/2 16 oz 30 2.3 10.34 2.84 .97 8.97 3.37 3.9 lb

.47 L (850) (263) (73) (25) (228) (86) 1.8 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F612E-06 3/4 32 oz 45 3.4 12.97 4.15 .75 10.28 4.56 7.5 lb

1 L (1275) (330) (106) (32) (262) (116) 3.4 kg

F612E-08 1 32 oz 55 4.2 12.97 4.15 .75 10.28 4.56 7.5 lb

1 L (1558) (330) (106) (32) (262) (116) 3.4 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F624E-08 1 100 oz 80 13.9 22.59 4.15 1.25 21.9 4.56 10.5 lb

3 L (2266) (574) (106) (32) (557) (116) 4.8 kg

F624E-10 1 1/4 100 oz 120 16.9 23.49 4.78 1.59 22.31 4.56 13.8 lb

3 L (3399) (597) (122) (41) (567) (116) 6.3 kg

F624E-12 1 1/2 100 oz 140 21.5 23.49 4.78 1.59 22.31 4.56 13.8 lb

3 L (3965) (597) (122) (41) (567) (116) 6.3 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F634E-12 1 1/2 205 oz 180 13.9 30.89 4.78 1.59 29.31 4.56 18.0 lb

6 L (5098) (785) (122) (41) (745) (116) 8.1 kg

F634E-16 2 205 oz 220 16.9 34.79 5.78 2.18 32.21 5.59 21.0 lb

6 L (6230) (885) (147) (56) (819) (142) 9.5 kg

F634E-20 2 1/2 205 oz 280 21.5 34.79 5.78 2.18 32.21 5.59 21.0 lb

6 L (7930) (885) (147) (56) (819) (142) 9.5 kg

77FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 79: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

ADSORBING GRADE FILTER

Numatics High Flow Filter Series

Since optimum adsorbtion occurs at near ambient temperatures, adsorber filters should be applied

as close to point of use as possible. Higher temperatures cause significantly more parts per million

(ppm) to be present; 1 ppm at 100ºF (38º C) vs. .02 ppm at 68º F (20º C). With proper drying and

prefiltration, ppm should be .01 or less. The activated carbon particles, which make up an adsorber

filter, are extremely efficient in removing oil vapors. This is due to the tremendous amount of sur-

face area present (242,000 ft2 / 22,000 m2) and the ability of carbon to adsorb 60% of its weight.

The activated carbon adsorber element is not a particle removing filter and all contaminant other

than vapors should be removed prior to this unit. Should any increase in pressure drop occur or

any liquid collect inside the housing, the element’s effective life has been exceeded and the filter

should be replaced.

Application

Specifications

Recommended Uses• Confined areas where exhaust affects worker environments

• Food and drug industries having direct product contact with exhaust air

• Instrumentation air

• Cosmetics industry

• Odor-free air applications

Element Grade: F

Element Color: white

Efficiency at Maximum Flow: 90%

Oil Vapor Carryover Rate (based on .015 ppm inlet): 0.003 ppm

Activated Carbon Particle Size: 40 µm

Downstream Safety Filter: 5 µm

Life Expectancy: 720 hours at ambient temperature

Maximum Temperature: 150º F (65º C)

Maximum Pressure: 300 PSIG (20 bar)

Flow Path: inside to outside of element (A B) OR outside to inside of element (B A)

How to Order

Model:F = Filter

Series:610, 612, 624, 634

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/206 = 3/408 = 110 = 1 1/412 = 1 1/216 = 220 = 2 1/2

Element:F = adsorbing element

Dimensions are for units with no differential option. Add 1.63 (41) to the height for units with a

Delta Pressure Indicator and add .41 (10) for units with the Pop-Up Differential Indicator.

Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

To convert from SCFM to Nl/min, multiply SCFM x 28.32

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

Options (see pg 101):A = auto float drainG = Differential Indicator

GaugeU = Pop-Up Differential

Indicator (not availableon 16 or 20 port size)

S = Delta PressureIndicator

78

F 612 F - 06 GS

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 80: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

DDiimmeennssiioonnss aanndd FFllooww RRaatteess Flows are based on 100 PSIG inlet and a 2 PSID

Numatics High Flow Filter Series Adsorbing Grade Filter

Adsorbing Grade Filter (F612F-06, F612F-08)

Adsorbing Grade Filter (F624F-08, F624F-10, F624F-12)

Adsorbing Grade Filter (F610F-02, F610F-03, F610F-04)

Adsorbing Grade Filter (F634F-12, F634F-16, F634F-20)

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F610F-02 1/4 16 oz 30 2.3 10.75 3.25 1.38 9.38 3.78 3.9 lb

.47 L (850) (273) (83) (35) (238) (96) 1.8 kg

F610F-03 3/8 16 oz 40 3.1 10.75 3.25 1.38 9.38 3.78 3.9 lb

.47 L (1133) (273) (83) (35) (238) (96) 1.8 kg

F610F-04 1/2 16 oz 50 3.9 10.75 3.25 1.38 9.38 3.78 3.9 lb

.47 L (1416) (273) (83) (35) (238) (96) 1.8 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F612F-06 3/4 32 oz 80 6.2 13.38 4.56 1.16 10.69 4.97 7.5 lb

1 L (2266) (340) (116) (42) (272) (126) 3.4 kg

F612F-08 1 32 oz 100 7.7 13.38 4.56 1.16 10.69 4.97 7.5 lb

1 L (2832) (340) (116) (42) (272) (126) 3.4 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F624F-08 1 100 oz 145 11.2 23.0 4.56 1.66 22.31 4.97 10.5 lb

3 L (4106) (584) (116) (42) (567) (126) 4.8 kg

F624F-10 1 1/4 100 oz 220 17 23.9 5.19 2.0 22.72 4.97 13.8 lb

3 L (6230) (607) (132) (51) (577) (126) 6.3 kg

F624F-12 1 1/2 100 oz 250 19.2 23.9 5.19 2.0 22.72 4.97 13.8 lb

3 L (7080) (607) (132) (51) (577) (126) 6.3 kg

Model # Pipe Bowl SCFM Cv A B C D E Weight

Size Size (Nl/min)

F634F-12 1 1/2 205 oz 325 25 31.3 5.19 2.0 29.72 4.97 18.0 lb

6 L (9204) (795) (132) (51) (755) (126) 8.1 kg

F634F-16 2 205 oz 395 30.4 35.2 6.19 2.59 32.62 6.0 21.0 lb

6 L (11186) (895) (157) (66) (829) (152) 9.5 kg

F634F-20 2 1/2 205 oz 500 38.4 35.2 6.19 2.59 32.62 6.0 21.0 lb

6 L (14160) (895) (157) (66) (829) (152) 9.5 kg

79FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 81: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics High Flow Filter Series Notes

80 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 82: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Precision Pneumatic Controls

80/82 Series Precision Regulators 82

83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers 84

85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers 86

87 Series Ratio Relay Volume Boosters 88

88 Series High Flow Precision Regulators 90

89 Series Instrument Air Regulators 92

FRL Products and Accessories

81FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 83: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

PRECISION REGULATOR R80 / R82 Series

The 80 and 82 Series regulators are high-precision, multi-stage pressure

regulators. The highest degree of regulation and repeatability are achievable

by reacting to downstream pressure fluctuations as small as 0.01 PSIG (.07

kPa). Action occurs as downstream pressure is piloted to the control cham-

ber to act on a finely tuned stainless steel volume capsule. A continuous

bleed of less than 0.08 SCFM (.15 m3/hr) adjusts the pilot diaphragm causing

appropriate movement of the supply valve or relief valve. Relief flows of up

to 10 SCFM can be achieved through the large exhaust port located in the

control diaphragm. Exhaust is achieved through the exhaust vents located in

the side of the body.

Application

ANSI SYMBOL

R820-02F pictured

Recommended Uses• Air gauging

• Gas mixing

• Web tensioning

• Roll loading

• Air hoists

Specifications

Materials of Construction

How to Order

Model:R = Regulator

Series:

80 = standard

82 = high relief

Style:

0 = all precision

regulators

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:

02 = 1/4

03 = 3/8

Options (see pg 101):

D = 2-40 PSIG (80 Series only)

not available on 82 Series

E = 2-60 PSIG (80 Series only)

not available on 82 Series

F = 2-120 PSIG

G = gauge

T = tamperproof

Flow Capacity: 14 SCFM (25m3/hr)

Exhaust Capacity: model 80 - 2 SCFM (3.4 m3/hr)

model 82 - 10 SCFM (17.0 m3/hr)

Sensitivity: .125 inches (3.2 mm) water

Pilot Bleed Rate: .08 SCFM (.15 m3/hr)

Supply Pressure Variation: less than .005 PSI (.03 kPa)@25 PSI variance

Maximum Supply Pressure: 150 PSIG (1050 kPa)

Weight: 1.4 lbs (.64 kg)

Body: die cast zinc

Diaphragms: Buna - N

Volume Capsule: stainless steel

Knob: phanolic plastic

Numatics Precision Pneumatic Controls

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

82

R 80 0 - 02 DT

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 84: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics Precision Pneumatic Controls Precision Regulator

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

FFllooww RRaatteess

DDiimmeennssiioonnss

Tamperproof Model

Installation The Precision Regulator is designed for air service only. A 5 micron filter

installed before the Precision Regulator is recommended to prevent contaminant from

affecting the regulator’s performance. Clean all air lines before installation and apply a

small amount of compound to the male threads only. Be sure that the exhaust vents are

not blocked. The Precision Regulator can be mounted in any position.

Operation Back off the pressure adjusting knob before putting the regulator into oper-

ation. Turn on the supply pressure slowly then turn the adjusting knob until the desired

output pressure is reached. A minimum supply pressure of 20 PSI more than the regu-

lated pressure is recommended. Since this instrument utilizes an air bleed servo-control

action, escaping air may be audible near the area of the bleed screw - this is normal

and is required for precise control.

Maintenance Occasional attention may be required due to the natural accumulation

of foreign matter in the instrument. If gauge readings appear to fluctuate for no reason it

is usually an indication that the bleed screw requires cleaning. This can be performed

by simply removing the bleed screw from the body and cleaning both the screen and

the bleed screw. Clean any foreign matter from the small orifice in the tip of the screw.

NNootteess

83FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 85: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

ELECTROPNEUMATICTRANSDUCER I/P,E/P R83 Series

The Electropneumatic Transducer (I/P, E/P) converts a current or voltage input signal to a linearly

proportional pneumatic output pressure. This versatile instrument is designed for control applica-

tions that require a high degree of reliability and repeatability at an economical cost. These units

are used for applications that require the operation of valve actuators, pneumatic valve positioners,

damper and louver actuators, final control elements, relays, air cylinders, web tensioners, clutches,

and brakes.

Application

Numatics Precision Pneumatic Controls

R832-02E pictured

Features• Integral volume booster

• Compact size

• Low air consumption

• Field reversible

• Flexible zero and span adjustments

• Standard process inputs

• Split ranging

• FM - NEMA 4x

Specifications

How to Order

Model:R = Regulator

Series:83 = I/P,E/P

Transducer

Style:1 = 4-20 Ma2 = 0-5 VDC3 = 0-10 VDC

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/4 Output Range:

B = 3-15 PSIG(4-20 Ma input signal available)

C = 3-27 PSIG(4-20 Ma input signal available)

E = 2-60 PSIG(4-20 & 0-5 VDC Ma input)

F = 3-120 PSIG(4-20 & 0-10 VDC Ma input

signal available)

Low Output Range High Output Range(up to 30 PSIG) (up to 120 PSIG)

Min./Max. Supply Pressure: minimum 3 PSIG (21 kPa) minimum 5 PSIG (35 kPa)above maximum output above maximum outputmaximum 100 PSIG (700 kPa) maximum 150 PSIG (1050 kPa)

Supply Pressure Sensitivity: < +/- .1% of span per PSIG < +/- .004% of span per 1.0 PSIG(< +/- .15% of span per 10 kPa) (7 kPa)

Terminal Based Linearity: < +/- .75% of span < +/- 1.5% of span typ., +/- 2.0% max

Repeatability: < .5% of span < .5% of span

Hysteresis: < 1.0% of span < .5% of span

Response Time: dependent on pressure range, dependent on pressure range,typically less than .25 sec. for typically less than .25 sec. for3 - 15 PSIG units 3 - 15 PSIG units

Flow Rate: 4.5 SCFM (7.6 m3/hr ANR) 20 SCFM (34 m3/hr ANR)at 25 PSIG (175 kPa) supply at 150 PSIG (1050 kPa) supply12 SCFM (20 m3/hr ANR)at 100 PSIG (700 kPa) supply

Relief Capacity: 2.0 SCFM (3.4 m3/hr) 2.0 SCFM (3.4 m3/hr)at 5 PSIG (35 kPa) above set point at 5 PSIG (35 kPa)

Maximum Air Consumption: .03 SCFM (.07 m3/hr) typical .05 SCFM (.14 m3/hr) typical

Media: oil free, clean dry air filtered to oil free, clean dry air filtered to40 micron 40 micron

Temp. Range (operating): -20ºF to 140ºF (-30ºC to 60ºC) -20ºF to 140ºF (-30ºC to 60ºC)

NOTE: This unit, as is, is a Class 1, Division 2 hazardous location item (non-incendive). With the proper barrier it isa Class 1,2,3; Division 1; Groups C,D,E,F,G item (applies only to 4-20 Ma I/P).

Options (see pg 101):G = Gauge

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

Mounting BracketThe mounting bracket for the R85 Series Electropneumatic Transducer is included with the unit.

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

84

R 83 1 - 02 F G

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 86: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics Precision Pneumatic Controls Electropneumatic Transducer

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn DDiimmeennssiioonnss

Installation This unit may be mounted using pipe, panel, or bracket mounting. It may

be mounted at any angle, although some angles may require field adjustment. High

external vibration may cause output fluctuations. Mounting in a vibration-free area is

recommended.

Electrical Connections Electrical connections are made to the black and white

leads extending out from the 1/2 NPT conduit fitting. When the positive side of the input

signal is connected to the black lead, the output pressure will increase as the input sig-

nal increases. To decrease the output pressure while increasing the input signal, con-

nect the positive side of the input signal to the white lead.

Calibration Zero and Span should always be checked after mounting. If unit is cali-

brated in a vertical position then mounted at an angle, readjustment of the Zero is nec-

essary. Calibration instructions are included with each unit.

Maintenance Under normal circumstances, no maintenance should be required. If

dirty and/or wet air is used the orifice can become blocked. To clean, first turn off the

supply air then unscrew and remove the orifice assembly. Unplug the orifice using a

wire with a diameter under 0.015 in (0.38 mm). use compressed air to blow out any

loose particles inside the orifice assembly. Replace the orifice assembly and reassem-

ble the unit.

NNootteess

EElleeccttrriiccaall SScchheemmaattiicc

85FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 87: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

MINIATURE ELECTROPNEUMATICTRANSDUCER I/P, E/P R85 Series

The R85 Series I/P, E/P transducers are a series of compact electronic pressure regulators that

convert an electrical signal (current or voltage) to a proportional pneumatic output. Utilizing internal

solid-state feedback circuitry, the R85 provides precise, stable pressure outputs to final control ele-

ments. Immunity to the effects of vibration or mounting position, high tolerance to impure air, and

low air consumption make this unit ideal for use in demanding applications.

The heart of this unique technology is a bimorph piezo actuator that is encapsulated in a protective

skin. This protective skin provides defense against the humidity and contaminant often found in

process operating environments.

Application

Numatics Precision Pneumatic Controls

R851-02EA pictured

Features• Reliable in harsh environments

• Low air consumption - 3 SCFH typical

• High accuracy - +/-0.10% of span

• NEMA-4X (IP65) enclosure

• Vibration/position insensitive

• Compact size

Specifications

How to Order

Model:R = Regulator

Series:85 = I/P,E/P Miniature

Transducer w/ pressure feed-back control

Input Signal:1 = 4-20 Ma2 = 0-5 VDC3 = 0-10 VDC

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/4

Output Range:B = 3-15 PSIGC = 3-27 PSIGE = 2-60 PSIGF = 3-100 PSIG

Port sizes: Pneumatic: 1/4 NPTElectric: 1/2 NPT

Media: Clean, dry, oil-free, air filtered to 40 micronMounting: Wall, Panel, 2” pipe, or DIN rail (optional)

Materials: Housing: Chromate treated aluminum with baked paint. NEMA-4X (IP65)Elastomers: Buna-NTrim: Stainless steel, brass, zinc plated steel

Weight: 13.0 oz (0.4 kg)

Inputs: 4-20mA 0-10 VDC, 1-9 VDC0-5 VDC, 1-5 VDC

Outputs: 3-15 PSIG 0.21-1.03 BAR3-27 PSIG 0.21-1.86 BAR2-60 PSIG 0.14-4.14 BAR3-100 PSIG 0.21-6.89 BAR

Air consumption: 3.0 SCFH (0.11 m3/hr) at mid-range typical

Supply pressure: 100 PSIG (7.0 BAR) maximumNote: Supply pressure must be at a minimum of 5 PSIG above maximum output

Flow capacity at mid-range: 4.5 SCFM (7.6 m3/hr) at 25 PSIG (1.7 BAR) supply12 SCFM (20 m3/hr) at 100 PSIG (7 BAR) supply

Relief Capacity: 2.0 SCFM (3.4 m3/hr) 2.0 SCFM (3.4 m3/hr)at 5 PSIG (35 kPa) above set point at 5 PSIG (35 kPa)

Temperature limits: Operating: -40º to +160º F (-40º to +71º C)Storage: -40º to +200º F (-40º to +93º C)

Loop load, I/P Transducer: 7.5 VDC @ 20mA

Supply Voltage, 7-30 VDC, less than 3mAE/P Transducer:

Signal impedance: 7-30 VDC, less than 3mA

Options (see pg 101):G = GaugeR = DIN Rail Mount

• Wall, panel, pipe, or din rail mounting

• Supply pressures up to 100 PSIG

• Built-in volume booster - 10 SCFM flow

• Input/output ports on front and back

• Conduit fitting or din connector

• Split range operation

• Field reversible

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

Electrical Connection:A = 1/2 NPT conduit w/ pigtailF = DIN 43650 connector

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

86

R 85 3 - 02 B F R

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 88: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics Precision Pneumatic Controls Miniature Electropneumatic Transducer

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn DDiimmeennssiioonnss

NNootteess

OU

TP

UT

PR

ES

SU

RE

, P

SIG

(B

AR

)

FLOW, SCFM (dm3/s)

20 PSI (1.4 BAR) INLET 100 PSI (6.9 BAR) INLET

Installation Clean all pipe lines to remove dirt and scale before installation.

Supply air must be filtered to 5 microns and free of moisture and lubricants.

Electrical Connections For current to pressure connection, electrical connec-

tions are made to the red (+) and black (-) leads. The green lead is used for case

ground. For voltage to pressure connection, electrical connections are made to the

red (+, supply), black (-), and orange (+ signal) leads. The green lead is used for

case ground. Recommended supply voltage is 7-30 vDC. Electrical diagrams are

included with unit.

Calibration All units are shipped from the factory calibrated, direct acting.

Calibration instructions are included with each unit

Maintenance Under normal circumstances, no maintenance should be required.

If dirty and/or wet air is used the orifice can become blocked. To clean, first turn off

the supply air then remove the screw located under the zero adjustment. Unplug the

orifice using a wire with a diameter smaller than 0.012 in (0.30 mm). Use com-

pressed air to blow out any loose particles inside the orifice screw assembly.

Panel Mounting (included with standard unit)

Pipe Mounting (included with standard unit)

FLOW, SCFM (dm3/s)

120 PSI (8.3 BAR) INLET

FFllooww RRaatteess

87FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 89: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

RATIORELAYVOLUMEBOOSTER R87 Series

The 87 Series Volume Boosters are used extensively for increased flow capacity, pressure amplifi-

cation, or remote pressure control applications. This includes web tensioning, roll loading, control

valve actuators, I/P volume boosting, cylinder actuation, clutch and brake control, and gas flow

control.

Applications

R871-02 pictured

Features• High flow capacity - allows flows up to 50 SCFM

• Amplified output - available in a signal to output pressure ratio of 1:6

• High exhaust capacity - large relief provides 15 SCFM flow capacity

• Stable output - Venturi aspirator maintains output pressure under varying flow conditions

• Balanced supply valve - rolling diaphragm design makes unit immune to supply pressure

variation

• Negative bias - 4 PSI negative bias option allows “zero” of I/Ps

Specifications

Optional Fixed Negative Bias

How to Order

Model:R = Regulator

Series:87 = Volume

Booster

Style:1 = 1:1 ratio6 = 1:6 ratio

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/8

Options (see pg 101):B = mounting bracketG = gaugeZ = negative bias

Ratio: 1:1 1:6

Flow capacity, SCFM (m3/hr) 100 PSIG 50 (76.5) 50 (76.5)

(700 kPa) supply, 20 PSIG (140 kPa) output:

Exhaust capacity, SCFM (m3/hr) 15 (25.5) 7.5 (12.8)

Downstream 5 PSIG (35 kPa)

above set pressure:

Sensitivity, inches water (cm): .25 (.64) 1.5 (3.8)

Ratio accuracy (%) of output span with 1.0 2.0

3-15 PSIG (20-105 kPa) signal:

Zero error (%) - % of output span with 2.0 3.0

3-15 PSIG (21-105 kPa) signal:

Effect of supply pressure change .1 PSI .6 PSI

of 50 PSIG (350 kPa):

Maximum supply pressure, PSIG (kPa): 250 (1750) 250 (1750)

Maximum signal pressure, PSIG (kPa): 150 (1034) 25 (172)

Ambient temperature limits, ºF (ºC): -40 to 200 -40 to 200

(-40 to 93) (-40 to 93)

Weight, lbs (gm): 1.4 (635) 1.4 (635)

The 87 Series Volume Booster is available with an optional 4±1 PSIG (30±7 kPa) less than the sig-

nal pressure (Z option).

This option allows zero output when utilizing I/P transducers that typically only are capable of pro-

viding pressures down to 3 PSI. Note that the negative bias has a tolerance of ±1 PSI. This means

that actual bias will range from -3 PSI to -5 PSI. Use the zero adjustment of the I/P to reach

desired setting.

Numatics Precision Pneumatic Controls

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

Mounting BracketThe mounting bracket for the R87 Series Ratio Relay Volume Booster, part number PK88, is

included. See pg. 114 for details.

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

88

R 87 6 - 03 G Z

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 90: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics Precision Pneumatic Controls Ratio Relay Volume Booster

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

FFllooww RRaatteess based on 100 PSIG (7 BAR) inlet

DDiimmeennssiioonnss

RE

GU

LA

TE

DP

RE

SS

UR

E,

PS

IG (

BA

R)

Installation The Ratio Relay Volume Booster is designed for air service only. Clean

all air lines before installation and apply a small amount of compound to the male

threads only. Be sure all connections are tight and that the exhaust vents are not

blocked. The Ratio Relay Volume Booster can be mounted in any position.

Operation Apply an input signal to the signal port. There are no manual controls on

the Ratio Relay Volume Booster.

Maintenance Occasional attention may be required due to the natural accumulation

of foreign matter in the instrument. The regulator is easily disassembled without removal

from the line. Before disassembly, shut off valve upstream of the volume booster to pre-

vent escape of air when disassembled. Remove the two No. 8-32 screws on the bottom

of the unit and pull out the pintle assembly. Wash the inner valve assembly with solvent,

taking care not to damage the diaphragms and valve facings. Do not use solvents such

as acetone, carbon tet, and trichlorethlene. Carefully reassemble unit after cleaning. The

vent hole in the bonnet should be kept clean. A slight flow of air through this hole is nec-

essary for proper operation of the volume booster.

NNootteess

89

FLOW, SCFM (dm3/s)

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 91: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

HIGHFLOW PRECISION REGULATORR88 Series

The 880 Series pressure control regulator is designed for high flow and accurate

pressure control utilizing a rolling diaphragm to insure a constant output pressure.

The 88 model maintains stability even with wide supply pressure variations.

The 881 Series back pressure regulator is a high flow, highly accurate pneumatic

relief valve with an adjustable set point. It’s primary function is to provide protec-

tion against overpressurization in the downstream portion of a pneumatic system.

This precision unit is capable of handling flows up to 50 SCFM. A rolling

diaphragm provides the sensitivity that causes the unit to vent to atmosphere in

response to the slightest upstream changes.

Function

ANSI SYMBOL

R880-02F pictured

Applications

• Test equipment

• Roll loading

• Web tensioning

• Actuators

• Gas mixing

• Test panels

• Clutch and brake controls

Specifications

Materials of Construction

How to Order

Model:R = Regulator

Series:88 = high flow

precision

Style:0 = standard high flow

precision regulator1 = back pressure

precision regulator

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/2

Options (see pg 101):A = 0-2 PSIGB = 0-15 PSIGC = 0-30 PSIGE = 1-60 PSIGF = 2-150 PSIGG = gaugeM = mounting bracketT = tamperproof

Flow Capacity: see flow characteristics (next page)

Exhaust Capacity: 4 SCFM (6.7 m3/hr)

Sensitivity: .25 inches (6.33 mm) of water

Total Air Consumption: 1.0 to 12.5 SCFH (.03 to .37 m3/hr),

depending on output pressure

Supply Pressure Variation: .1 PSI (.7 kPa) @ 100 PSI

(700 kPa) change

Maximum Supply Pressure: 250 PSIG (1750 kPa)

Weight: 1.6 lbs (.74 kg)

Body: die cast aluminum

Diaphragms: Buna - N

Volume Capsule: stainless steel

Knob: phanolic plastic

Numatics Precision Pneumatic Controls

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

Mounting BracketThe mounting bracket for the R88 Series High Flow Precision Regulator, part

number PK88, is available and sold separately. See pg. 114 for details.

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

90

R 88 0 - 02 CGMT

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 92: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics Precision Pneumatic Controls High Flow Precision Regulator

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

FFllooww RRaatteess based on 100 PSIG (7 BAR) inlet

DDiimmeennssiioonnss

Tamperproof Model

OU

TP

UT

PR

ES

SU

RE

, P

SIG

(B

AR

)Installation The High Flow Precision Regulator is designed for air service

only. Clean all air lines before installation and apply a small amount of com-

pound to the male threads only. Avoid undersized fittings which will limit flow

and cause pressure drop downstream. The use of a 5 micron filter installed

before the Precision Regulator is recommended to remove contaminant

which would affect performance. Be sure all connections are tight and that

the exhaust vents are not blocked. The High Flow Precision Regulator can

be mounted in any position.

Operation Before using the regulator for the first time, relieve pressure on

the range spring by turning the knob counterclockwise. To operate, turn the

pressure adjusting knob slowly clockwise until desired pressure is reached.

Maintenance Occasional attention may be required due to the natural

accumulation of foreign matter in the instrument. The regulator is easily dis-

assembled without removal from the line. Before disassembly, shut off valve

upstream of the regulator to prevent escape of air when disassembled.

Remove the two No. 8-32 screws on the bottom of the unit and pull out the

pintle assembly. Wash the inner valve assembly with solvent, taking care not

to damage the diaphragms and valve facings. Do not use solvents such as

acetone, carbon tet, and trichlorethlene. Carefully reassemble unit after

cleaning. The vent hole in the bonnet should be kept clean. A slight flow of

air through this hole is necessary for proper operation of the volume booster.

NNootteess

91

FLOW, SCFM (dm3/s)

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

FLOW, SCFM (dm3/s)

OU

TP

UT

PR

ES

SU

RE

, P

SIG

(B

AR

)

Standard Precision Regulator (R880 Series)

Back Pressure Precision Regulator (R881 Series)

Page 93: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

INSTRUMENT AIR REGULATOR R89 Series

The Instrument Air Regulator is designed to provide clean, accurate air pres-

sure to instruments, valves, and other automatic control equipment. It is used

extensively to supply air to pneumatic controllers, transmitters, transducers,

valve positioners, air cylinders, and a wide range of pneumatic control sys-

tems.

Application

Numatics Precision Pneumatic Controls

ANSI SYMBOL

R890-02F pictured

Features

• Stable output and repeatability

• Corrosion-resistant construction

• 5 micron depth filter

• Self-relieving

• Low droop at high flow levels

• Tight shut off

Specifications

Materials of Construction

How to Order

Model:R = Regulator

Series:89 = Instrument

Air Regulators

Style:0 = all Instrument Air

Regulators

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:02 = 1/4

Options (see pg 101):B = 0-10 PSIGC = 0-30 PSIGE = 0-60 PSIGF = 0-150 PSIGG = gaugeK = knobM = mounting bracketN = non-relievingP = panel mount

Port Size: 1/4 NPT

Standard Output Pressure: 0 - 120 PSIG (0 - 800 kPa)

Maximum Supply Pressure: 250 PSIG (1700 kPa)

Mounting: pipe or integral mounting

Flow Capacity: see flow characteristics (next page)

Exhaust Capacity: .1 SCFM (.17 m3/hr) @ 5 PSIG (35 kPa) above set point

Sensitivity: 1” (2.5 cm) of water

Air Consumption: less than 5 SCFH (.17 m3/hr)

Effect of Supply Pressure Variation: less than .2 PSIG (1.4 kPa)

@ 25 PSI (170 kPa) change

Weight: 1.6 lbs (.74 kg)

Body: die cast aluminum alloy, irridite, baked epoxy finish

Filter: 5 micron phenolic impregnated cellulose

Diaphragms: nitrile elastomer and nylon fabric

Valve Seat Plug: nitrile elastomer

Additional Materials: brass, zinc, plated steel, acetal

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

Mounting BracketThe mounting bracket for the R89 Series Instrument Air Regulator, part num-

ber PK89, is available and sold separately. See pg. 114 for details.

NOTE: All BSPP (G tap) and BSPT (R tap) models use BSPT gauge threads

92

R 89 0 - 02 FKP

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 94: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics Precision Pneumatic Controls Instrument Air Regulator

PPrroodduucctt CCrroossss SSeeccttiioonn

FFllooww RRaatteess based on 100 PSIG (7 BAR) inlet

DDiimmeennssiioonnss

OU

TP

UT

PR

ES

SU

RE

, P

SIG

(B

AR

)

Installation Install the Instrument Air Regulator as close as possible to the instrument or tool it

is to service. For best filter drainage, position the drain valve so that it is at the lowest point on the

dripwell housing. IN and OUT are cast onto the body to indicate the direction of flow.

Operation Before turning on the supply air, back off the adjusting screw until there is no com-

pression of the range spring. After turning the supply pressure on, turn the adjusting screw clock-

wise to increase outlet pressure

Maintenance To remove condensate, slowly open the drain valve and bleed the liquid. To clean

the filter element, first shut off the supply air and drain the contents through the drain valve.

Remove the four corner bolts from the bottom of the unit and remove the dripwell housing and fil-

ter. Then clean the parts and reassemble.

NNootteess

93

FLOW, SCFM (dm3/s)

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 95: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

94

Numatics Precision Pneumatic Controls Notes

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 96: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Lockout Valve Series

30/40 Series Manual Lockout Valves 96

30/40 Series Slo-Start™ Valves 97

52 Series High Flow Lockout Valves 98

30 Series Modular Lockout Valves 99

Modular Air Systems 100

FRL Products and Accessories

95FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 97: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

MANUAL LOCKOUT VALVES VL30/VL40 Series

The VL Series lockout valves is a 2-position, 3-way valve that exhausts downstream air when shift-

ed to the closed position. Colored bright yellow with a red knob, it is easily distinguished from other

air preparation products. It can be locked in the closed position with a padlock. This helps prevent

unauthorized pressurization of an air system during service of maintenance operations. Units

should be installed downstream of filtration equipment to avoid damage from backflow.

Application

ANSI SYMBOL

VL30N03Y pictured

Features• High exhaust capability

• Detented spool

• Low-friction startup

• Meets OSHA specifications

• Surface mountable

Specifications

How to Order

Threads:N = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Options (see pg 101):A = metal muffler (i.e. VL30N03AY)B = scissor lockout (i.e. VL30N03BY)

Temperature Range: 40ºF to 120º F (4.4º C to 46.9º C)

Maximum Pressure: 150 PSIG (10 bar)

Flow Media: filtered air

Weight: VL30 Series 2.1 lbs (.95 kg)

VL40 Series 4.4 lbs (2 kg)

Numatics Lockout Valve Series

Port Size:03 = 3/8 in/out, 3/8 exh.04 = 1/2 in/out, 1/2 exh.06 = 3/4 in/out, 3/4 exh.

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Options (see pg 101):A = metal muffler (i.e. VL40N08AY)B = scissor lockout (i.e. VL40N08BY)

Port Size:06 = 3/4 in/out, 3/4 exh.08 = 1 in/out, 1 exh.10 = 1 1/4 in/out, 1 exh.12 = 1 1/2 in/out, 1 exh.

Cv Ratingsmodel number Cv in-out Cv out-exh

VL30N03Y 4.8 3.7

VL30N04Y 6.8 5.2

VL30N06Y 8.5 7.5

model number Cv in-out Cv out-exh

VL40N06Y 13.5 11.0

VL40N08Y 18.2 14.9

VL40N10Y 19.1 14.9

VL40N12Y 20.3 16.3

VL30 VL40A 8.04 (204.2) 9.75 (247.7)

B 7.54 (191.5) 9.27 (235.5)

C 5.16 (131) 6.12 (155.4)

D .96 (24.4) 1.30 (33)

E 2.38 (60.5) 3.13 (79.5)

F 1.12 (28.6) 1.50 (38.1)

G 1.31 (33.3) 1.62 (41.3)

H 2.62 (66.6) 3.25 (82.6)

J 3.76 (95.5) 4.76 (120.9)

K 1.12 (28.6) 1.50 (38.1)

L 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)

M .75 (19) 1.09 (27.7)

N 2.38 (60.5) 3.13 (79.5)

Mounting Dimensions

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

96

V L 30 N 03 Y

V L 40 N 10 Y

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 98: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

SLO-START™ LOCKOUT VALVESVT30/VT40 Series

The VT Series manual lockout valve with Slo-Start™ feature allows the operator to gradually build

downstream pressure before opening to full flow conditions. Colored bright yellow with a red knob,

it is easily distinguished from other air preparation components. The VT Series lockout valves can

be locked in the closed position with a padlock. This helps prevent unauthorized pressurization of

an air system during service or maintenance operations.

Application

ANSI SYMBOL

VT30N03Y pictured

Features• Slow start-up

• High exhaust capability

• Detented spool

• Low-friction seals

• Meets OSHA specifications

• Surface mountable

Specifications

How to Order

Threads:N = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Options (see pg 101):A = metal muffler (i.e. VT30N03AY)B = scissor lockout (i.e. VT30N03BY)

Temperature Range: 40ºF to 120º F (4.4º C to 46.9º C)

Maximum Pressure: 150 PSIG (10 bar)

Flow Media: filtered air

Weight: VT30 Series 2.5 lbs (1.13 kg)

VT40 Series 5.0 lbs (2.27 kg)

Numatics Lockout Valve Series

Port Size:03 = 3/8 in/out, 3/8 exh.04 = 1/2 in/out, 1/2 exh.06 = 3/4 in/out, 3/4 exh.

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Options (see pg 101):A = metal muffler (i.e. VT40N08AY)B = scissor lockout (i.e. VT40N08BY)

Port Size:06 = 3/4 in/out, 3/4 exh.08 = 1 in/out, 1 exh.10 = 1 1/4 in/out, 1 exh.12 = 1 1/2 in/out, 1 exh.

Cv Ratingsmodel number Cv in-out Cv out-exh

VT30N03Y 4.8 3.7

VT30N04Y 6.8 5.2

VT30N06Y 8.5 7.5

model number Cv in-out Cv out-exh

VT40N06Y 13.5 11.0

VT40N08Y 18.2 14.9

VT40N10Y 19.1 14.9

VT40N12Y 20.3 16.3

VT30 VT40A 9.36 (237.7) 11.45 (290.8)

B 8.86 (225) 10.97 (278.6)

C 6.48 (164.6) 7.82 (198.6)

D .96 (24.3) 1.30 (33)

E 2.38 (60.5) 3.13 (79.5)

F 1.12 (28.6) 1.50 (38.1)

G 1.31 (33.3) 1.62 (41.3)

H 2.62 (66.6) 3.25 (82.6)

J 3.76 (95.5) 4.76 (120.9)

K 1.12 (28.6) 1.50 (38.1)

L 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)

M .75 (19) 1.09 (27.7)

N 2.38 (60.5) 3.13 (79.5)

Mounting Dimensions

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

97

V T 30 N 03 Y

V T 40 N 10 Y

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 99: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

HIGH FLOW LOCKOUT VALVES VL52/VT52 Series

Numatics Lockout Valve Series

VL52N20Y pictured

Application

Features

Specifications

Cv Ratings

Mounting Dimensions

How to Order

Model:L = standardT = Slo-Start™ feature

Threads:N = NPTFG = G tap

(BSPP)

Options (see pg 101):A = metal muffler (i.e. VL52N12AY)B = scissor lockout (i.e. VT52N12BY)

Port Size:12 = 1 1/216 = 2

Temperature Range: 40ºF to 120º F (4.4º C to 46.9º C)

Maximum Pressure: 150 PSIG (10 bar)

Flow Media: filtered air

Weight: VL52 Series 4.125 lbs (1.87 kg)

VT52 Series 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)

model number Cv in-out Cv out-exh

VL52N12Y 24 16

VL52N16Y 24 16

model number Cv in-out Cv out-exh

VT52N12Y 24 16

VT52N16Y 24 16

VL52 VT52A 9.77 (248.2) 11.47 (291.3)

B 9.27 (235.5) 10.97 (278.6)

C 5.9 (149.9) 7.59 (192.8)

D 1.32 (33.5) 1.32 (33.5)

E 3.38 (85.9) 3.38 (85.9)

F 2 (50.8) 2 (50.8)

G 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4)

H 3.24 (82.3) 3.24 (82.3)

J 5.13 (130.3) 5.13 (130.3)

K 1.92 (48.8) 1.92 (48.8)

L 2.5 (63.5) 2.5 (63.5)

M .88 (22.4) .88 (22.4)

N 3.31 (84.1) 3.31 (84.1)

• High flow

• High exhaust capability

• Detented spool

• Low-friction startup

• Meets OSHA specifications

• Surface mountable

The high flow VL52 Series Lockout Valve is a 2-position, 3-way valve that exhausts

downstream air when shifted to the closed position. Colored bright yellow with a red

knob, it is easily distinguished from other air preparation products. Although the unit

features large port sizes, it maintains a compact overall size. The large ports (1 1/2 &

2) allow high flow for both in-out and out-exhaust flow directions. A standard padlock

can be inserted in the machined hole at the end of the plunger to lock the unit in a

non-flowing condition, keeping it safe for downstream maintenance.

The VT52 Series Lockout Valve with the Slo-Start™ feature allows the operator to

gradually build downstream pressure. As slow or fast as the red knob is turned

counter-clockwise is in direct correlation with the amount of air passing downstream.

The VT Series features the same lockout capabilities as the VL Series.

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

ANSI SYMBOL

98

V L 52 N 12 Y

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 100: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Model:L = standardT = Slo-Start™

feature

MODULAR LOCKOUT VALVES MVL30/MVT30 Series

The MVL 30 Series lockout valve is a 2 position, 3-way valve that exhausts down-

stream air when shifted to the closed position. Its compact modular design saves

space and reduces labor installation time. Colored bright yellow with a red knob, it is

easily distinguished from other air preparation components. The MVL Series lockout

valve can be locked in the closed position with a padlock.

The MVT 30 Series lockout valve with Slo-Start™ feature allows the operator to gradu-

ally build downstream pressure before opening to full flow conditions. This unit can be

utilized with the Numatics modular air preparation FLEXIBLOK ® 32 Series and direc-

tional valves.

Application

MVL30N06Y pictured

Features• High exhaust capability

• Detented spool

• Low-friction startup

• Meets OSHA specifications

• Modular adaptable to Numatics FLEXIBLOK ® 32 3/4 Series

Specifications

How to Order

Threads:N = NPTFG = G tap

(BSPP)

Options (see pg 101):A = metal muffler (i.e. MVL30N06AY)B = scissor lockout (i.e. MVL30N06BY)

Temperature Range: 40ºF to 120º F (4.4º C to 46.9º C)

Maximum Pressure: 150 PSIG (10 bar)

Flow Media: filtered air

Weight: MVL30 Series 2.1 lbs (.95 kg)

MVT30 Series 4.4 lbs (2 kg)

Numatics Lockout Valve Series

Cv Ratingsmodel number Cv in-out Cv out-exh

MVL30N06Y 6.0 5.0

MVL30 MVT30A 7.54 (191.5) 8.86 (225)

B 7.54 (191.5) 8.86 (225)

C 5.16 (131) 6.48 (164.6)

D .96 (24.4) .96 (24.4)

E 2.38 (60.5) 2.38 (60.5)

F .85 (21.6) .85 (21.6)

G 1.06 (26.9) 1.06 (26.9)

H 2.5 (63.5) 2.5 (63.5)

J 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8)

K 3.2 (81.3) 3.2 (81.3)

L 1.86 (47.2) 1.86 (47.2)

M 2.68 (68) 2.68 (68)

N 1.34 (34) 1.34 (34)

P 2 (50.8) 2 (50.8)

Q 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4)

Mounting Dimensions

model number Cv in-out Cv out-exh

MVT30N06Y 6.0 5.0

NEED MORE PARTS AND INFORMATION?

• See page 111199 for information on ordering replacement filters, bowls, etc.

• See page 110011 for more information on available options.

Port Size:06 = 3/4

ANSI SYMBOL

99

M V L 30 N 06 Y

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 101: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

MODULAR AIR SYSTEMS

Numatics Lockout Valve Series

The modular concept offers custom design

capabilities for compact air control systems.

This design eliminates fittings and potential air

leaks, thus reducing cost, space, and installa-

tion time.

Application

• Modular adaptable to FLEXIBLOK ® 32

Series, 3/4 port size (06)

• Easy installation and service

• Integral mounting slots

• High exhaust capacity

• Low friction startup

• Brad Harrison connection (optional)

• Exhaust reclassifier (optional)

• Slow Start Valve (optional)

• Meets OSHA specifications

• Lockable venting supply slide valve

• Common exhaust

Features

Purchase as individual components from the

selections below, or for a complete list of

Numatics modular air preparation products,

consult your local representative.

To Order

Shut Off

ValveValve

Valve

Sub-BaseAdapter

Modular

Lockout

Air Prep

Selection

32 Series Modular Air Systems

Description Model No.

standard modular lockout MVL30N06Y

Slo-Start™ modular lockout MVT30N06Y

Description Examples

filter/regulator/lubricator M32-06XFRLX

filter-regulator P32B-06

coalescer/regulator C32D-06

filter-regulator/lubricator M32-06XPLXX

(see “FlexiBlok® FRL Series” section for complete product

listing)

Model Number

VS32-06 = inlet port

Description Kit No.

125 Series adapter 219-316

250 Series not required

ISO 2 common exhaust adapter 219-317

MARK 55 adapter 219-315

Description Model no.

125 Series dual exhaust 103-762

250 Series common exhaust 103-765

ISO 2 dual exhaust 203-880

MARK 55 common exhaust

with plugin 203-877

without plugin 203-876

Valve Series

• 125 Series • ISO 2

• 250 Series • MARK 55

(see Numatics catalog for complete list of

valve product lines)

100 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

NOTE: Lockout valve must be placed downstream of filtration equipment, which will prevent

damage to components from backflow.

Page 102: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

FRL Options & AccessoriesL1/L2 Series Valve Adapters 102

APPC3 Air System Analyzers 102PS180 Pressure Switches 103

Digital Pressure Sensor/Digital Vacuum Sensor 104Drain Options (Automatic Float, Flexible, External Pulse, Metal Manual, Manual Lever) 106

14-to-22 Series Quick Exhaust Adapter 107A1MN - A6MN Bronze Speed Control Mufflers 108

S1MN - S6MN Polyethylene Speed Control Mufflers 108B1MN - B8MN/B1MB - B6MB Breather Vents 108

C1MN Inlet Filter Strainers 10930/40 Series Reclassifiers 109

Bowl Options (CircleVision™, Metal Bowl, 64 oz. Lubricator Bowl) 110Air Silencers (M Series Metal, P Series Porous Bronze, E Series Polyethylene) 111

Differential Indicators (Delta Pressure, Differential Pressure, Pop-Up Differential) 112EDV Series Electronic Drain Valves 113

Tank Drain Traps 113Mounting Brackets 114

Lubricator Button Head Fill 114Gauges 115

Lockout Locks (Standard Lock, Scissor ‘Trade’ Lock) 115UltraDry™ Membrane Air Dryers 116

Inline Disposable Filters 118

FRL Products and Accessories

101FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 103: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories L1 & L2 Adapters/Air System Analyzer

LL11 aanndd LL22 SSeerriieess AAiirr PPrreepp ttoo VVaallvvee AAddaapptteerr

Application

How to Order

Specifications

The Numatics L1 and L2 Series Valve Adapters, when used with

a coalescing regulator (‘piggyback’) equipped with a pleated pre-

filter coalescing element and the specified valve, provides a low-

cost, complete control package. This design eliminates fittings

and potential air leaks - thus reducing cost, space, and installa-

tion time.

Specifications are to be determined by the air preparation and

valve products used in conjunction with the adapter.

L1A22 L1 Series valve adapter for use with 22 Series air preparation products

L2A22 L2 Series valve adapter for use with 22 Series air preparation products

L1A32 L1 Series valve adapter for use with 32 Series air preparation products

L2A32 L2 Series valve adapter for use with 32 Series air preparation products

Features• Modular adaptable to 22 or 32 Series FLEXIBLOK ® products

• Easy installation and service

L1A22 pictured with 22 Series coalescing regulator and

L1 Series valve

102

AAiirr SSyysstteemm AAnnaallyyzzeerr

How to Order

How It Works

Features

ApplicationContaminant in an air system can significantly reduce component life. The

Numatics APPC3 Air Line System Analyzer is a convenient and effective

method for testing the quality of an air system. The .4 micron element can

isolate contaminant and accurately assist in determining proper filtration

needs - before problems occur.

Simply install the analyzer and leave in the air line for 15 to 20 minutes.

Remove the test membrane. Using the magnifying lens, light, and study

chart, identify size and type of contaminant. A color magnified photograph

of the contaminated disc can be developed (please contact your Numatics

representative for details).

• anodized aluminum 47mm filter holder

• sample package of fifteen (15) .4 micron elements

• flow gauge and valve

• flashlight

• 10x magnifying glass

• sturdy plastic case.

APPC3 Complete system kit

Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

A B C D E

L1A22 2.5 1.25 2 1 .75

(64) (32) (51) (25) (19)

L2A22 3 1.5 2 1 .75

(76) (38) (51) (52) (19)

L1A32 3 1.5 3 1.5 .75

(76) (38) (76) (38) (19)

L2A32 3 1.5 3 1.5 .75

(76) (38) (76) (38) (19)

FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 104: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

103FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

PPrreessssuurree SSwwiittcchheess

Numatics PS180 is a line of pressure switches designed for accurate indica-

tion that proper system pressure is being achieved. Available in 1/8 or 1/4

threads, it is easily incorporated into an air system using a FLEXIBLOK ®

diverter plate of other manifold.

Featuring a rugged housing made from zinc coated steel, the PS180 is

designed for industrial multi-million cycle life applications. The four pin con-

nector plug is included and contains a key way preventing accidental mis-

connection. Pressure adjustment is tamper resistant, hindering unauthorized

changes. It can be wired in either normally open or normally closed configu-

rations and includes a case ground pin.

Application

SpecificationsContact Rating: 4A @ 250 V AC

Protection: IP 65, terminals IP00

Maximum Operation: 200/min

Temperature Range: 0º F to 190º F (-15º C to 85º C)

Maximum Pressure: 300 PSI (20 bar)

Maximum Voltage: 250 V AC (200 DC)

Hysteresis Adjustment: 15%

Connector Material: polyamid

Diaphragm Material: Buna N

Housing Material: zinc plated steel

Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories Pressure Switches

threads

NPTF model PSIG (BAR)

1/8 PS180BAN01 4-20 (.3-1.5)

1/8 PS180CAN01 14-150 (1-10)

1/4 PS180BAN02 4-20 (.3-1.5)

1/4 PS180CAN02 14-150 (1-10)

threads

BSPP model PSIG (BAR)

1/8 PS180BAG01 4-20 (.3-1.5)

1/8 PS180CAG01 14-150 (1-10)

1/4 PS180BAG02 4-20 (.3-1.5)

1/4 PS180CAG02 14-150 (1-10)

NPTF thread

model selection

BSPP thread

model selection

NPTF thread

dimensions

model A B C

PS180BAN01 2.5 (64) 1.0 (27) 3.1 (79)

PS180CAN01 2.5 (64) 1.0 (27) 3.1 (79)

PS180BAN02 2.5 (64) 1.0 (27) 3.1 (79)

PS180CAN02 2.5 (64) 1.0 (27) 3.1 (79)

BSPP thread

dimensions

model A B C

PS180BAG01* 2.5 (64) 1.0 (27) 3.1 (79)

PS180CAG01* 2.5 (64) 1.0 (27) 3.1 (79)

PS180BAG02 2.3 (58) 1.0 (27) 2.9 (74)

PS180CAG02 2.3 (58) 1.0 (27) 2.9 (74)

* = consists of an NPTF pressure switch with an NPTF to BSPP

adapter (part number N2GC; adds app. 13/16” to overall height)

Model Selection

ANSI SYMBOL

Use “G” suffix for gold plated terminals (for applications below 50 mA),

i.e.PS180BAN02G

Page 105: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

DDiiggiittaall PPrreessssuurree SSeennssoorr//DDiiggiittaall VVaaccuuuumm SSeennssoorr

Application

Specifications

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories Digital Pressure Sensor/Digital Vacuum Sensor

104 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Pressure sensor (0-145PSI;0-1.000MPa) Vacuum sensor (0 to -14.5PSI;0 to -101.3 kPa)

Model Description Model Description

DPS-180N NPN (sinking) 1/8 NPTF base DVS-180N NPN (sinking) 1/8 NPTF base

DPS-180P PNP (sourcing) 1/8 NPTF base DVS-180P PNP (sourcing) 1/8 NPTF base

DPSG180N NPN (sinking) 1/8 BSPP base DVSG180N NPN (sinking) 1/8 BSPP base

DPSG180P PNP (sourcing) 1/8 BSPP base DVSG180P PNP (sourcing) 1/8 BSPP base

DPSR180N NPN (sinking) 1/8 BSPT base DVSR180N NPN (sinking) 1/8 BSPT base

DPSR180P PNP (sourcing) 1/8 BSPT base DVSR180P PNP (sourcing) 1/8 BSPT base

Model Selection

Pressure scale: Gauge pressureRated pressure range: Pressure sensor: 0 to 1.000 MPa; Vacuum sensor: 0 to -101.3 kPaSetting pressure range: Pressure sensor: -0.050 to 1.000 MPa; Vacuum sensor:5.1 to -101.3 kPaPressure resistance: Pressure sensor: 1.47 MPa; Vacuum sensor: 490 kPaApplicable fluid: Non-corrosive gasSelectable units: Pressure sensor: kgf/cm2, bar, PSI; Vacuum sensor: kgf/cm2, bar, PSI, mmHg, InchHgSupply voltage: 12 to 24V DC (+10%/-15%) Ripple P-P 10% or lessCurrent consumption: 50mA or lessComparative output: NPN open-collector transistor PNP open-collector transistor

• Max. sink current: 100mA • Max. source current: 100mA

• Applied voltage: 30V DC or less • Applied voltage: 30V DC or less

• Residual voltage: • Residual voltage:

1V or less (@ 100mA sink current) 2V or less (@ 100mA source current)

0.4V or less (@ 16mA sink current)

Utilization category: DC-12 or DC-13Output pressure mode: Selectable with key operation - hysteresis mode, window comparator mode, dual output

mode, or automatic setting modeHysteresis: 1 digit (2 digits when using PSI unit, variable when using hysteresis mode)

Repeatability: Within ± 0.2% F.S. ± 1 digitResponse time: 2.5 ms or lessShort circuit protection: Incorporated

Analog voltage output: Output voltage: 1 to 5V (with rated pressure gauge)Zero-point: Within 1V ± 5%F.S.Span: Within 4V ± 5% F.S.Linearity: Within ± 1% F.S.Output impedance: App. 1kΩ

Display: Red LED display, 3 1/2 digits (sampling cycle: 4 times/sec.)Pressure display range: Pressure sensor: -0.050 to 1.000 MPa; Vacuum sensor: 5.1 to -101.3 kPa

Analog bar display: LED-bar step indication every app. 10% F.S.Operation indicator

comparative output 1: Orange LED (lights up when the comparative output 1 is activated)comparative output 2: Green LED (lights up when the comparative output 2 is activated)

Environmental resistancePollution degree: 3 (Industrial environment)Protection: IP40 (IEC)Ambient temperature: 14º to 122ºF (-10º to +50º C) (No dew condensation or icing), Storage: 14º to 140ºF

(-10º to +60ºC)Ambient humidity: 35-85% RH, Storage: 35-8% RHEMC: Emmision: EN50081-2, Immunity: EN50082-2Voltage withstandability: 1,000V AC for 1 minute between all terminals connected and enclosureInsulation resistivity: 50kΩ or more at 500V DC Megger between all terminals connected and enclosureVibration proof: 10-150Hz freq., 0.03 inch (0.75mm) amplitude, and X,Y,& Z directions each for 2 hours

(unenergized)Shock proof: 100m/s2 acceleration (app. 10G), and X,Y,& Z directions each for three times (unenergized)

Temperature characteristic: Within ±1% F.S. of detection pressure at 68ºF (20ºC) in 14º-122ºF (-10º-+50ºC) temp. rangeMaterial: Front case: ABS; rear case: PPS (containing glass fiber); display surface: acrylic; press. port

attachment: die-cast zinc alloyCable: Oil-resistant cabtyre cable 6.5 feet (2m) long w/ 5 0.15mm2 conductorsCable extension: Max. extension is 328 feet (100m) overall with an equivilant cable with conductors 0.3 mm2

or moreWeight: NPT/BSPT: 3.35 oz (95g); BSPP: 4.23 oz (120g)

Numatics DPS and DVS is a line of digital pressure sensors designed for extremely

accurate indication that proper system pressure is being achieved. Available for

either vacuum (DVS model) or pressure (DPS model) applications, its highly visible

LED display makes it easy to read in either dark or light areas. Other features

include quick response (within 2.5ms or less), high repeatability (within 0.2% full scale

1 digit), easy pushbutton setup, and four output process modes which enable versa-

tile pressure level control.

Applications include securing chip-component carriages on a suction hand, controlling

of clamp forces, controlling the edge of winding film, verification of frame uniformity,

and many more.

DPS-180N (left) and DPSG180P

(right) pictured

Note: see

acces-

sories on

next page

AVAILABLE

DECEMBER,

2001

Page 106: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

105FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories Digital Pressure Sensor/Digital Vacuum Sensor

Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

NPTF/BSPT model

BSPP model

* North American type substitutes NPT 1/8; European type substitutes G (PT) 1/8

Mounting bracket* (UZU811)

Panel mounting bracket with protective cover*

* available only on NPTF/BSPT model

Assembled dimensions

Options (NPTF & BSPT models only)

Panel mounting bracket and

front protective cover

Sensor mounting bracket

DDiiggiittaall PPrreessssuurree SSeennssoorr//DDiiggiittaall VVaaccuuuumm SSeennssoorr ((ccoonntt..))

Panel cutout dimensions:

1.417 (36) x 1.417 (36)

(Panel mounting bracket: UZU812; Front protective cover: UZU813)

Front

protective

cover -

UZU813

Panel mounting bracket -

UZU812

NOTE: Front protective cover used with

panel mounting bracket cannot be used

alone.

Part # UZU811

Two M4 pan head screwes and two spring

washers included.

AVAILABLE

DECEMBER,

2001

Page 107: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

106 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

DDrraaiinn OOppttiioonnss

Metal Manual Drain - ‘Q’ Option

Flexible Drain - ‘B’ OptionAutomatic Float Drain - ‘A’ Option

Manual Lever Drain - ‘R’ Option

External Pulse Drain - ‘J’ Option

The Flexible Drain is

as easy to use as

pushing the stem to

one side and allowing

contents to expel. A

popular option due to

low cost and ease of

use. This drain should

not be used in appli-

cations exceeding

125 PSI.

Model For Series

BKF02 12,22,32 Series

(inc. flexible

rubber exterior

and inner stem)

The External PulseDrain is designedfor use in the 12Series bowl butalso works with the22 and 32 Series.This inexpensiveand reliable drainfeatures an incor-porated barbed fit-ting which fits 3/16ID tubing for easydrainage of liquidand contaminant.

Model For Series

JKF02 12,22,32 Series

(includes bushing

kit)

IDF-01 drain only

The Manual Lever

Drain allows for

convenience and

ease of use. Press

down on the white

lever to manually

drain bowl con-

tents. Available for

all FLEXIBLOK ®

filters.

Model For Series

RKF02 12,22,32 Series

Filters (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-

ring)

The Auto Float Drain

is installed into the

bottom of the filter

bowl. As the liquid

level inside the bowl

increases, the tire-like

float lifts, allowing the

liquid to drain. This

drain should not be

used in applications

exceeding 175 PSI.

Model For Series

AKF00 50 Series Filters

AKF02 22,32 Series

(inc. drain,

bushing,o-ring)

AKF60 600 Series Filters

AKF70 70 Series

Stainless Steel

Filters

The Metal Manual

Drain is a newer

drain option for the

FLEXIBLOK® line.

Simply turn the

drain counter-clock-

wise to expel bowl

contents. Standard

on 50, 70, and 600

Series.

Model For Series

QKF02 12,22,32 Series

(inc. drain,

retaining clip,

bushing,o-ring)

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories Drain Options

Page 108: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

107FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories 14-to-22 Series Quick Exhaust Adapter

1144-ttoo-2222 SSeerriieess QQuuiicckk EExxhhaauusstt AAddaapptteerr

The 14-to-22 Series Quick Exhaust Adapter allows a 14 Series

FRL assembly to be connected to a 22 Series Solenoid Soft Start

Quick Exhaust Valve, in applications where a Quick Exhaust Valve

is needed.

Using the adapter, two differently-sized components connect

directly together. The adapter avoids flow loss and structural

integrity is kept intact.

Application

Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

How to Order the Adapter Plate

AP14-22 14 to 22 Series Adapter plate

AP14-22 shown with VS14-02 (not included),

C14D-02 (not included), and S22C-02AELM (not

included)

Page 109: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

108 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

The Polyethylene Speed Control Muffler is designed

to give fine adjustment to the low end of the flow

range, followed by more coarse control as flow is

increased toward the maximum. The body is made of

highly versatile and cost-effective nylon. The adjust-

ing screw is made of high tensile steel and is coated

with electroplated zinc. The S Series muffler reduces decibel lev-

els to an OSHA approved level.

BBrroonnzzee SSppeeeedd CCoonnttrrooll MMuufffflleerrss

A6MN pictured

port models dimensions

size NPT Cv A B C

1/8 A1MN 0.35 1.12 (28) 1.31 (33) .50 (13)

1/4 A2MN 0.67 1.42 (36) 1.56 (40) .63 (16)

3/8 A3MN 0.90 1.47 (32) 1.63 (41) .69 (18)

1/2 A4MN 1.35 1.75 (44) 2.00 (51) .88 (22)

3/4 A5MN 1.67 2.00 (51) 2.38 (60) 1.06 (27)

1 A6MN 2.32 2.25 (57) 2.50(63) 1.31 (33)

Model Selection

Dimensions

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories Strainers/Speed Control Mufflers/Breather Vent Silencers

BBrreeaatthheerr VVeenntt

B6MN pictured port models dimensions

size NPT BSPT Cv A B

1/8 B1MN B1MB 0.44 .44 (11) .44 (11)

1/4 B2MN B2MB 0.65 .63 (16) .56 (14)

3/8 B3MN B3MB 1.12 .75 (19) .68 (17)

1/2 B4MN B4MB 1.77 .88 (22) .88 (22)

3/4 B5MN B5MB 4.72 1.00 (25) 1.06 (27)

1 B6MN B6MB 7.30 1.31 (33) 1.31 (33)

1 1/4 B7MN B7MB 10.63 1.41 (50) 1.68 (43)

1 1/2 B8MN B8MB 12.72 1.50 (38) 2.00 (51)

Model Selection

Dimensions

PPoollyyeetthhyylleennee SSppeeeedd CCoonnttrrooll MMuufffflleerrss

S4MN pictured

Dimensions

Application

port models dimensions

size NPT A B C D E F G

M5 S0MN .52(16) .36(11) .36(11) M5 .05(1.5) 3.1(79) .30(9.2)

1/8 S1MN .69(21) .49(15) .16(5) 1/8 NPT .08(2.5) 5.1(130) .49(15)

1/4 S2MN .95(29) .72(22) .23(7) 1/4 NPT .13(4) 5.9(150) .59(18)

3/8 S3MN 1.2(38) .98(30) .36(11) 3/8 NPT .20(6) 7.9(200) .79(24)

1/2 S4MN 1.6(50) 1.3(40) .49(15) 1/2 NPT .26(8) 8.4(213) .98(30)

Model Selection

Application

Application

The Breather Vent offers some noise reduction, but is

better suited for keeping contaminant out of valve

exhaust ports, single-acting cylinder ports, or any

other threaded port open to atmosphere which needs

flow relief. It is also used on gear boxes, storage tanks, or wher-

ever pressure equalization is needed. The Breather Vent is com-

pact and inexpensive. Maximum Operating Pressure: 150 PSI

Operating Temperature: 35º-300ºF (1.7º-149ºC)

The Numatics Bronze Speed Control Muffler provides

infinite metering of air flow. The sintered bronze is

encased by an outer metal shroud. With linear adjust-

ing capability, the speed of the cylinder can be

decreased by adjusting the integrated screw. When

optimal exhaust rate is reached, the lockout may be

adjusted to prevent accidental adjustments due to vibration or

other means. Maximum Operating Pressure: 300 PSI

Temperature Range: 35º-300ºF (1.7º-149ºC)

ANSI SYMBOL

ANSI SYMBOL

ANSI SYMBOL

Page 110: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

109FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Ideal for air, oil, or water, the C Series Inlet Filter Strainer is com-

pact and light weight - perfect for point of use application. It fea-

tures a brass fitting which contains a cone-shaped, sintered

bronze, 40 micron filter. It is used as a prefilter which eliminates

bulk contamination from air lines, extending the life of filter ele-

ments and other downstream components.

The Numatics Reclassifier is an exhaust coalescing filter/silencer. Its design removes oil mist and

reduces noise from exhaust ports on pneumatic air valves, cylinders, and air control systems at

extremely high flow rates

The Numatics Reclassifier can be mounted to exhaust ports on any valve or manifold using a com-

mon exhaust base or by combining exhaust ports. Mounting it vertically fully utilizes the oil-catching

sump surrounding the filter element and provides easy draining.

Application

H40-08 pictured

Features• 99% oil removal efficiencies

• 25 dBA noise reduction

• high exhaust flow rates

• low differential back pressures

Specifications

How to Order

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Maximum temperature: 125º F (52º C) CV rating (30 Series): 6

Maximum pressure: 100 PSIG (7 bar) CV rating (40 Series): 10

Port Size:04 = 1/206 = 3/4

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:08 = 110 = 1 1/4

RReeccllaassssiiffiieerrss

• top performer in automated paint systems

• 1 micron filtration

• manual or continuous drain option

• metric threads available

Air Flow vs. Sound LevelAir Flow vs. Back Pressure

Dimensions

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories Inlet Filter Strainers/Reclassifiers

IInnlleett FFiilltteerr SSttrraaiinneerr

C4MN pictured

port models dimensions

size NPTF Cv A B

1/8 C1MN 0.31 1.25 (32) .43 (11)

1/4 C2MN 0.78 1.50 (38) .56 (14)

3/8 C3MN 1.0 1.75 (44) .69 (17)

1/2 C4MN 2.0 2.00 (51) .88 (22)

Model Selection

DimensionsApplication

model A B

H30-04 2.5 7

(64) (178)

H30-06 2.5 7

(64) (178)

H40-08 3.75 7.245

(95) (184)

H40-10 3.75 7.245

(95) (184) Options (see pg. 93):C = CircleVision™ sight bowlM = Metal bowl

H 30 - 04

H 40 - 08

Page 111: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

110 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

The CircleVision™ sight bowl utilizes a dual bowl configuration to elimi-

nate the bowl guard or sight glass. This allows the strength and security

of an interior metal bowl to be used with the exterior convenience of the

polycarbonate. Water condensation and contaminant in filter bowls can be

seen for 360º around unit from up to 40 feet away. This lowers mainte-

nance costs by allowing easy detection of units that require service.

Suffix: C

For Units: 22, 32

Materials: polycarbonate cover over die cast aluminum bowl with

polystyrene clip.

The metal bowl features a nylon liquid indicator for easy indication of liq-

uid level in the bowl. Made of durable cast zinc and anodized black for

corrosion resistance.

NOTE: The 12 Series metal bowl does not utilize a liquid indicator.

Suffix: M

For Units: 22, 32

Materials: die cast zinc bowl, nylon liquid indicator, Buna N rubber

o-ring, ABS plastic clip.

(12 Series metal bowls constructed of aluminum, threaded, with no indi-

cator or o-ring)

BBoowwll OOppttiioonnss

CircleVision™ Bowl

Metal Bowl with Nylon Liquid Indicator

64 oz. 50 Series Lubricator Bowl

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories Bowl Options

For applications where extra storage for lubricant is necessary, the 64 oz.

50 Series lubricator bowl is ideal, offering four times the volume versus the

standard 16 oz bowl.

Suffix: J

For Units: L50J*

Materials: die cast zinc bowl, nylon liquid indicator, brass fittings, sight

dome made of Grilamid.

Page 112: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

111FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

MM SSeerriieess MMeettaall AAiirr SSiilleenncceerr

dimensions in inches (millimeters in parentheses)

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories Metal/Porous Bronze/Polyethylene Air Silencers

PP SSeerriieess PPoorroouuss BBrroonnzzee AAiirr SSiilleenncceerr

DimensionsApplication

The M Series muffler

softly exhausts air

and disperses it over

a 360º pattern.

Constructed of a cor-

rosion resistant

metal, it can withstand shock and

continuous, heavy duty use

under many conditions. This muf-

fler is ideal for use on the 22/32

Series Solenoid Soft Start Quick

Exhaust Valve, Lockout Valves,

valve exhaust ports, single acting

cylinders, and many other appli-

cations.

Application

The P Series muffler

is perfect for limited

space applications

due to its compact

size. This silencer

can be used to muffle

air valve exhaust noise, intake

filtration, coalescing of oil mist

exhaust, pressure or vacuum

equalization, or on any other liq-

uid vapor.

NPTF male

model NPTF A B C cv

P0MN 10-32 .75 (19.1) .62 (15.7) .38 (9.5) .23

P1MN 1/8 .84 (21.4) .69 (17.5) .44 (11.1) 1.07

P2MN 1/4 1.20 (30.6) .97(24.6) .56 (14.3) 1.78

P3MN 3/8 1.45 (36.7) 1.20 (30.6) .69 (17.5) 2.3

P4MN 1/2 1.89 (48.0) 1.58 (40.1) .88 (22.2) 5.66

P5MN 3/4 2.12 (54) 1.78 (45.2) 1.06 (27) 9.67

P6MN 1 2.84 (72.2) 2.44 (61.9) 1.31 (33.3) 14.06

P7MN 1 1/4 3.44 (87.3) 3.00 (76.2) 1.69 (42.9) 20.51

P8MN 1 1/2 4.00 (101.6) 3.56 (90.5) 2.00 (50.8) 29.10

P9MN 2 4.75 (120.7) 4.31 (109.5) 2.38 (60.3) 44.92

BSPT male

model BSPT A B C cv

P1MB 1/8 .84 (21.3) .69 (17.5) .44 (11.1) 1.07

P2MB 1/4 1.20 (30.5) .97 (24.6) .56 (14.3) 1.78

P3MB 3/8 1.45(36.8) 1.20 (30.5) .69 (17.5) 2.3

P4MB 1/2 1.89 (48) 1.58 (40.1) .88 (22.2) 5.66

P5MB 3/4 2.12 (53.9) 1.78 (45.2) 1.06 (27) 9.67

P6MB 1 2.84 (72.1) 2.44 (62) 1.31 (33.3) 14.06

NPTF male

model NPTF A B C cv

M1MN 1/8 1.38 (34.9) 1.22 (31) .44 (11.1) 1.17

M2MN 1/4 1.75 (44.5) 1.53 (38.9) .56 (14.3) 2.54

M3MN 3/8 2.25 (57.2) 2.00 (50.8) .69 (17.5) 5.08

M4MN 1/2 2.72 (69.1) 2.41 (61.1) .88 (22.2) 7.32

M5MN 3/4 3.16 (80.2) 2.81 (71.4) 1.06 (27) 13.87

M6MN 1 3.88 (98.4) 3.47 (88.1) 1.31 (33.3) 19.53

M7MN 1 1/4 4.50 (114.3) 4.16 (105.6) 1.69 (42.9) 28.32

M8MN 1 1/2 5.00 (127) 4.59 (116.7) 2.00 (50.8) 38.09

M9MN 2 5.50 (139.7) 5.06 (128.6) 2.38 (60.3) 52.73

NPTF female

model NPTF A B C cv

M1FN 1/8 1.38 (34.9) 1.22 (31) .50 (12.7) 1.17

M2FN 1/4 1.75 (44.5) 1.53 (38.9) .62 (15.9) 2.54

M3FN 3/8 2.25 (57.2) 2.00 (50.8) .75 (19.1) 5.08

M4FN 1/2 2.72 (69.1) 2.41 (61.1) .94 (23.8) 7.32

BSPT male

model BSPT A B C cv

M1MB 1/8 1.38 (34.9) 1.22 (31) .44 (11.1) 1.17

M2MB 1/4 1.75 (44.5) 1.53 (38.9) .56 (14.3) 2.54

M3MB 3/8 2.25 (57.2) 2.00 (50.8) .69 (17.5) 5.08

M4MB 1/2 2.72 (69.1) 2.41 (61.1) .88 (22.2) 7.32

M5MB 3/4 3.16 (80.2) 2.81 (71.4) 1.06 (27) 13.87

M6MB 1 3.88 (98.4) 3.47 (88.1) 1.31 (33.3) 19.53

M4MN pictured

P5MN pictured

ANSI SYMBOL

ANSI SYMBOL

Dimensions

EE SSeerriieess PPoollyyeetthhyylleennee AAiirr SSiilleenncceerr

E4MN pictured

ApplicationCombining a sturdy

nylon thread with a

polyethylene body,

the E Series silencer

gives a low-cost,

light weight alterna-

tive to heavier, metal-based muf-

flers while reducing decibel lev-

els to an OSHA approved level.

It is perfect for robotic arm appli-

cations, low-traffic or enclosed

areas, or where cost is of prima-

ry concern.

ANSI SYMBOL

DimensionsNPTF male

model NPTF A B C

E1MN 1/8 .49 (12.5) 1.1 (28.3) 1.3 (34)

E2MN 1/4 .61 (15.5) 1.4 (35.5) 1.7 (42.5)

E3MN 3/8 .73 (18.5) 2.2 (56) 2.7 (67.5)

E4MN 1/2 .93 (23.5) 2.6 (67) 3.1 (78)

E5MN 3/4 1.5 (38.5) 4.9 (123.5) 5.5 (140)

E6MN 1 1.9 (49) 5.5 (140.5) 6.3 (160)

Page 113: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

112 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

DDiiffffeerreennttiiaall IInnddiiccaattoorrss

Model: GD010

Option Suffix: G

Function: Allows exact determination of pressure drop across an

element. Divided into three sections, each marked for

easy identification. The differential pressure gauge is the

best tool available for determining element maintenance

requirements.

Specifications: Maximum Temperature: 150º F (65º C)

Maximum Pressure: 300 PSIG (20 bar)

Bolt Threads: 3/8 - 24 x 2.25 / M10 x 57

NOTE: The Differential Pressure Gauge cannot be mounted to units with a pop-

up Differential Indicator already in place.

Model: UK600

Option Suffix: U

Function: Allows easy detection of a dirty element by visually

displaying a bright red piston inside a clear sight dome.

Factory added, the Pop-Up Indicator is an excellent

maintenance tool. Not available for use with 2 or 2 1/2 port

sizes or with the G grade element.

Specifications: Maximum Temperature: 150º F (65º C)

Maximum Pressure: 300 PSIG (20 bar)

NOTE: The Pop-Up Indicator must be installed in our factory and cannot be added to

units utilizing a Delta Pressure Gauge. Not for use with particulate grade models or

with 16 or 20 port sizes.

Differential Pressure Gauge (600 Series only)

Pop-Up Differential Indicator (600 Series only)

Option Suffix: U

Function: Allows exact determination of pressure drop across an

element. Divided into three sections, each marked for

easy identification. The delta pressure gauge is the best

tool available for determining element maintenance

requirements. This option is standard on the 22 and 32

Series Coalescing Filters.

Specifications: Maximum Temperature: 150º F (65º C)

Maximum Pressure: 300 PSIG (20 bar)

Delta Pressure Indicator (22, 32 Series Particulate Filter only)

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories Differential Indicators/Button Head Fill

Model: GD012

Option Suffix: S

Function: Used with any 600 Series filter to indicate a dirty filter

which needs to be changed.

Specifications: Maximum Temperature: 150º F (65º C)

Maximum Pressure: 300 PSIG (20 bar)

NOTE: The Delta Pressure Indicator cannot be mounted to units with a pop-up

Differential Indicator already in place.

Delta Pressure Indicator (600 Series only)

Page 114: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

113FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

dimensions in inches (millimeters in parentheses)

EElleeccttrroonniicc DDrraaiinn VVaallvveess

EDV-04-110AC pictured

Eliminate the manual draining of air lines with the

EDV Series Electronic Drain Valve from Numatics.

The EDV Series valve is designed to remove con-

densation from filters, receiver tanks, separators, drip

legs, drain traps, and dryers in electronically con-

trolled intervals. The EDV valve is available in 1/4,

3/8, and 1/2 sizes. The large orifice allows even the

largest rust and pipe scale particles to be easily

expelled. Standard model includes a 110 volt AC

solenoid, 6 ft (2 m) power cord, and grounded plug.

An EDV valve can be installed virtually anywhere.

Application

SpecificationsValve

• Function: 2 way, NC, solenoid

valve

• Valve Design: pilot operated

diaphragm valve

• Port Sizes: 1/4, 3/8

• Orifice: 5/16” (8mm) 1.12 Cv

1/2” (12mm) 2.45 Cv

• Operating Pressure: 20-300

PSIG (1.3-20 bar)

• Solenoid: continuous duty

• Mounting: any position

• Body Material: brass

Timer

• Material: plastic polyamid

• Interval Timer: 1-45 sec

• ‘On’ Timer: .25-25 sec

• Voltage: 12-230 V AC/DC

• Frequency: 50/60 Hz

• Power Rating: 10 watt

• Enclosure: NEMA 4 / IP65

• Ambient Temp: 130º F

(55º C)

Lights

• Left Indicator: power on

• Right Indicator: solenoid

engineered

How to Order

Current:ACDC

Voltage(DC only): 1224110230

Threads: - = NPTB = BSPT

Model: EDV =electronicdrain valve

Port Size: 02 = 1/403 = 3/804 = 1/2

Connector: - = 6 ft (2 meter) power cord

(with grounded plug)X = conduit connector

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories Electronic Drain Valves/Tank Drain Trap

Dimensions

Port size A B C D

1/4,3/8 5.75 3.5 2.25 3.75

(146) (89) (57) (95)

1/2 6.0 3.5 2.75 3.75

(152) (89) (70) (95)

TTaannkk DDrraaiinn TTrraapp

The Numatics Heavy Duty Tank Drain Trap is

designed to automatically expel condensed moisture

and compressor carryover liquids with a float design

from compressed air systems, without the use of

electricity, whenever liquids tend to accumulate.

Application

Specifications

Features• CircleVision™ bowl allows 360º view

• Heavy duty drain prevents clogging

• Pushbutton manual override

How to Order

Maximum Pressure: 250 PSIG (17 bar)

Minimum Pressure: 30 PSIG (2 bar)

Bowl Capacity: 8.5 oz

J30-06CH pictured

Threads:- = NPTFG = G tap (BSPP)

Port Size:04 = 1/206 = 3/4

Dimensions

EDV - 04 - 110 DC

J 30 - 06 C H

Page 115: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

114 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

MMoouunnttiinngg BBrraacckkeettss

model For Series A B Hole Dia.

PN10 71 Series Mini Stainless 1.38 (35) 1-3/4-18 1.25 (32)

UNS-2B

PN12 12 Series FlexiBlok 1.5 (38) 1-3/16-16 1.25 (32)

PN22 22 Series FlexiBlok 1.5 (38) 1-1/4-16 1.31 (33)

PN32P 32 Series FlexiBlok 2.05 (52) 1-3/4-16 1.77 (45)

PN70S 70 Series Stainless Steel 2.0 (51) 1-3/4-18 1.75 (44)

UNS-2B

Mounting brackets are used to fix a regulator, piggyback or

FLEXIBLOK® assembly to a panel as an alternative to the

integral mounting holes located in the 22 and 32 Series

FLEXIBLOK® heads. They are also used as an alternative to

a hard piped mounting system for the 12, 50, 70, 71, and 600

Series filter product lines.

Application Panel Mount Nuts

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories Mounting Brackets

PK32 Mounting Bracket for

32 Series FLEXIBLOK ® Regulator and

Piggyback

includes bracket and panel mount nut (see panel mount nut

dimensions below)

Series Model # Dimensions

A B C D E

32 PK32 2.75 .41 1.19 1.5 2.675

(70) (10) (30) (38) (68)

PK50, PK50A, PK50B Mounting Bracket for

50 Series High Flow Regulator

includes one bracket

Port Kit # Dimensions

Size A B C D

1/4 & 3/8 PK50A 2.25 (57) 1.19 (30) 1.88 (48) .27 (7)

1/2 PK50B 2.25 (57) 1.06 (27) 1.88 (48) .27 (7)

3/4 - 1 1/2 PK50 2.94 (75) 1.75 (44) 3.25 (83) .33 (8)

* See individual Precision Pneumatic Control

Product pages for additional mounting bracket

information (pg 71).

Models and Dimensions

PK610

607,610 Series High Flow Filters

includes one bracket

PK88* Mounting Bracket for

R87 Series Ratio Relay Volume Booster and

R88 Series High Flow Precision Regulator

includes one bracket

PK12, PK22 Mounting Bracket for

12 and 22 Series FLEXIBLOK ® Regulator and

Piggyback

includes bracket and panel mount nut (see panel mount nut

dimensions below)

Series Model # Dimensions

A B C D

12,22 PK12 & 1.05 (27) 1.19 (30) 1.75 (44) .625(16)

PK22

BRK22AB Mounting Bracket for

22 Series FLEXIBLOK ®

includes left bracket, right bracket, 2 right side bolts, 2 right

side nuts

PK89* Mounting Bracket for

89 Series Instrument Air Regulator

includes one bracket

Panel mount nuts thread onto

the bonnet of the regulator to

secure the unit against the

mounting bracket.

Kit # Dimensions

A B C D E F

PK610 2.12 1.19 3.78 2.69 .88 .27

(54) (30) (96) (68) (22) (7)

Kit # Dimensions

A B C D E

PK89 3 1.13 .375 1.12 .625

(76) (29) (10) (28) (16)

Kit # Dimensions

A B C D E F G

BRK22AB 1.57 0.785 1.45 2.9 .4 3.5 1

(39) (20) (37) (74) (10) (89) (25)

dimensions shown for BRK22A. BRK22B is a mirror of BRK22A

Drawing and/or dimensions subject to change

Kit # Dimensions

A B C D E F

PK88 3 1.13 1.38 1.5 3 .4

(76) (29) (35) (38) (76) (10)

LLuubbrriiccaattoorr BBuuttttoonn HHeeaadd FFiillll

AFKL01 12, 22, 32, Series 1/8 NPT quick fill for bottom of bowl

w/ bushing, u-clip, & o-rings

FKL01 12, 22, 32, Series 1/8 NPT quick fill for bottom of bowl

FKL20 50 Series fill port/quick fill

The Lubricator Button Head Fill is a useful option for easily adding lubri-

cant to a lubricator. (see page 34 for information on recommended

lubricant).

BRK14AB Mounting Bracket for

14 Series FLEXIBLOK ® Regulator and

Piggyback

includes left and right brackets, 2 left side bolts, and 2 right

side nuts (see dimensions below)

Kit # Dimensions

A B C D E F G H I

BRK14AB 2.78 .35 .4 .35 .6 .6 1.8 2.62 .73

(71) (9) (10) (9) (15) (15) (46) (67) (19)

The right bracket mounts using the bolts that are included with the unit

the bracket is being mounted to.

Page 116: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

115FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories Gauges/Lockout Locks

LLoocckkoouutt LLoocckkss

Numatics Standard Lock Scissor ‘Trade’ Lock

A standard padlock used on

lockout and shut-off valves.

Includes two keys.

For Model A B

Units Number

12 VSL01 .63 2.6

(16) (67)

22 VSL02 1.5 3.1

(38) (80)

32 VSL02 1.5 3.1

(38) (80)

For Model

Units Number

22 VB-1

32 VB-1

The Scissor or “Trade” Lock

clips into the lockout valve

and can be locked with up to

six locks, allowing maximum

security.

GGaauuggeess

Pointer: black aluminum

Socket: brass

Liquid Filled Gauges

Liquid Used: glycerine

Connection: center back mount

214-194 pictured

Numatics gauges are widely used on compressors, filter/regulators (‘piggybacks’),

water pumps, paint sprayers, and a variety of other applications for measuring the

pressure of the air passing through the component.

Numatics Liquid Filled pressure gauges provide maximum service life for your

pneumatic gauge applications. Each glycerine filled model is designed to prevent

harmful environments or severe vibration from causing premature gauge failure.

Application

SpecificationsAll Numatics Gauges

Sizes: 1.5”, 2”

Case: black ABS composite

Ring: none

Window: polycarbonate

Dial: green, red, and black on white

background

Features• Utilizes a Power Flex movement with polyester segment, contributing to longer

gauge life.

• ABS (Acrylonitrile, Butadiene, Styrene) casing is ideal for rugged applications

and harsh environmental conditions

• Full view polycarbonate window for better dial visibility.

GA300 pictured

Available Models

Model Face Thread Pressure Range Pressure Range

Diameter Size (PSIG) (BAR)

Numatics Gauges

GA030 1.5” 1/8 0-30 0-2

GA060 1.5” 1/8 0-60 0-4

GA100 1.5” 1/8 0-100 0-7

GA160 1.5” 1/8 0-160 0-11

GA300 1.5” 1/8 0-300 0-20

GB030 2.0” 1/4 0-30 0-2

GB060 2.0” 1/4 0-60 0-4

GB100 2.0” 1/4 0-100 0-7

GB160 2.0” 1/4 0-160 0-11

GB300 2.0” 1/4 0-300 0-20

Numatics Liquid-Filled Gauges

214-194 1.5” 1/8 0-160 0-11

214-195 2.0” 1/4 0-160 0-11

214-196 1.5” 1/8 0-60 0-4

ANSI SYMBOL

Page 117: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

116 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories UltraDry™ Membrane Dryer

UUllttrraaDDrryy™™ MMeemmbbrraannee AAiirr DDrryyeerr

Application

UAM164-B pictured

Features

How to Order

The UltraDry™ membrane dryer has established itself as the modern alterna-

tive to refrigerant or adsorption drying of compressed air. From manufacturing

or process industries to high technology and medical/surgical applications,

UltraDry™ offers many advantages over traditional methods. UltraDry™’s

capacity profile is suited perfectly for year-round dry and humidity control. The

UltraDry™ membrane dryer adjusts to climatic conditions and always creates

stable relative humidity and, as a result, acheives a constant drying rate.

UltraDry™ is therefore particularly attractive for applications where clean, very

dry air is a must - i.e. coordinate measuring machines, blow molding, medical

packaging, air gauging, leak testing, and many others. UltraDry™ insures the

quality of the compressed air and protects the user regardless of application or

season. Different relative humidity levels can be selected to match the user’s

site conditions and air flows - even providing less than 3% relative humidity for

the most demanding application.

Specifications

• Pivoting heads

• Retrofits in existing space

conditions of the compressed

air system

• Connection adapters enable

vertical or horizontal installation

• No electrical connection

necessary

• Uses no CFCs, FCs, or other

potentially dangerous materials

• Low noise level

• Uses no dessicant

• Low purge air demand

Max. temperature compressed air 140ºF (60ºC)

Ambient temperature 35ºF (1.7ºC) to 140ºF (60ºC)

Max. pressure 185 PSI (bar)

Pressure differntial .7 to 4.4 PSI (bar)

Prefilter 5 micron

Coalescing filter .3 micron

Noise level < 45 dB (A)

Installation position as desired

Purge air consumption (in %) at nominal capacity

“A” Option: PDP - lowering to 50ºF (10ºC) app. 13%

“B” Option: PDP - lowering to 32ºF (0ºC) app. 16%

“C” Option: PDP - lowering to 20ºF (-6.7ºC) app. 20%

“D” Option: PDP - lowering to 0ºF (-17.8ºC) app. 24%

Notes:

• See the UltraDry™ Membrane Dryer catalog (LTUAM) for warranty information and additional specs.

• Efficiency, flows and purge rates based on 100 PSI inlet and pressure dew point of 100ºF (38ºC)

UAM 244 - B F

Model:122, 164, 241, 244, 339,350, 355, 441, 445

Efficiency:A = 50º F (10º C) reductionB = 68º F (20º C) reductionC = 80º F (26.7º C) reductionD = 100º F (37.8º C) reduction

Threads:- = NPTFG = G Tap (BSPP)R = PT (BSPT)

Filtration:F = filtration package(includes 2 year warranty)

Model SCFM based on Weight,

efficiency rating lbs (kg)

A B C D

122 1.9 1.1 .62 .31 2 (.75)

164 3.3 1.9 1.15 .46 5.3 (2)

241 14 10.3 6.4 3.4 8.8 (3.3)

244 7.5 4.7 2.95 1.5 6.4 (2.4)

339 10.3 6.3 5.1 2.8 7.3 (2.7)

350 23.5 15.6 10.7 6.1 10.6 (4)

355 33.6 20.7 15.5 9.1 14.5 (5.4)

441 - 36.2 24.6 14.5 16.5 (6.2)

445 - 45.1 36.2 24.1 30.8 (11.5)

Flow data

Page 118: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

117FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Dimensions in inches (millimeters in parenthesis)

model 122

models 164-445

Model A B C D E F G H I J K L M N

122 12.2(310) 11(279) 1.8(46) 1.1(28) 1/4 - - - - - - - - -

164 16.4(417) 14(356) 2.2(56) - 1/4 15.2(386) 15.2(401) 2.2(56) 1.3(33) .5(13) 1.7(43) 1.2(30) 3.5(89) 15.2(386)

241 24.1(610) 21.7(551) 2.8(71) - 1/2 22.8(579) 23.5(597) 2.4(61) 1.9(48) .8(20) 2(51) 1.6(41) 4(102) 22.9(582)

244 24.4(620) 22(559) 2.2(56) - 1/4 23.1(587) 23.8(605) 2.2(56) 1.3(33) .5(13) 1.7(43) 1.2(30) 3.5(89) 23.2(589)

339 33.9(861) 31.5(800) 2.2(56) - 1/4 32.6(828) 33.3(846) 2.2(56) 1.3(33) .5(13) 1.7(43) 1.2(30) 3.5(89) 32.7(831)

350 35(889) 32.7(831) 2.8(71) - 1/2 33.8(859) 34.4(874) 2.4(61) 1.9(48) .8(20) 2(51) 1.6(41) 4(102) 33.9(861)

355 35.5(902) 33.1(841) 3.3(84) - 1/2 34.3(871) 35.7(907) 3(76) 2.4(61) 1(25) 2.2(56) 1.8(46) 4.2(107) 34.3(871)

441 44.1(1120) 41.7(1059) 3.3(84) - 1/2 42.9(1090) 43.5(1105) 3(76) 2.4(61) 1(25) 2.2(56) 1.8(46) 4.2(107) 43(1092)

445 44.5(1130) 42(1066) 4.5(114) - 3/4 43.5(1105) 44(1118) 4.1(104) 3.5(89) 1.5(38) 2.8(71) 2.4(61) 5.5(140) 43.3(1100)

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories UltraDry™ Membrane Dryer

Mounting brackets (dimensions in inches; millimeters in parenthesis)

BRK164 BRK350A .55 (14) .63 (16)B .435 (11) .67 (17)C .275 (6) .355 (9)D .435 (11) .67 (17)E .118 (3) .197 (5)F .118 (3) .197 (5)G 2X Ø .256 (7) 2X Ø .355 (9)H .118 (3) .118 (3)J 1.26 (32) 1.655 (42)K 2.755 (70) 3.78 (96)L .118 (3) .197 (5)M .118 (3) .197 (5)N 8X Ø .26 (7) 8X Ø .35 (9)P 4X Ø.255 (7) 4X Ø .355 (9)Q .98 (25) 1.515 (38)R .28 (7) 3.55 (90)S .43 (11) .67 (17)T .985 (25) 1.38 (35)U 1.26 (32) 1.575 (40)

BRK122for models UAM122

BRK164for models UAM164,

UAM244, and UAM339

and BRK350for models UAM241,

UAM350, UAM255, UAM441,

and UAM445

Page 119: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

118 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FRL Options & Accessories Inline Disposable Filter

IInnlliinnee DDiissppoossaabbllee FFiilltteerr

The Inline Disposable Filter Combines a rugged compact

housing with the low-cost advantages of a disposable filter.

The Valox housing provides a long-life and trouble-free appli-

cation and the disposable nature of the element makes disas-

sembly and cleaning unnecessary. Available in HEPA or par-

ticulate grade media.

The Mini-Inline Disposable Filter is equipped with dual barbs

which fit most applications. It is perfectly suited for point-of-

use filtration and monitoring of instruments, combining a

rugged compact housing with a low-cost micro-pore filter. The

element housing provides a durable and trouble-free applica-

tion and its disposable nature makes disassembly and clean-

ing unnecessary. Available in two different particulate grades.

Application

Features

Miniature Inline Disposable Filter

• Dual barb sizes (1/4 and 11/64)

• Rated burst pressure at 125 PSI

• Rated temperature at 125º F

(52º C)

• Rugged polyurethane housing

• Compatible with many chemicals

• Depth-loading media provides

long life

Inline Disposable Filter

• Rugged Valox housing

• Brass inserts

• Inner support core which protects

element from collapse

• Spin welded seal - no adhesives

or chemicals

• Thermally bonded end caps on

elements

How to Order

Media:B = 3 micron pleatD = HEPA

Media:S = 0.3 micronU = 1 micron

‘Out’ Port Option:blank = 1/4 NPTFB = 1/2 hose barbed

PHD-02 (left) and PLS-B (right) pictured

PH Series dimensions (millimeters in parenthesis)

PL Series dimensions (millimeters in parenthesis)

P L S - B

PH D - 02 B

Page 120: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

FRL Service Kits

FLEXIBLOK® 14 Series FRL Service Kits 120

FLEXIBLOK® 12, 22, and 32 Series FRL Service Kits 121

50 Series FRL Service Kits 122

70 Series FRL Service Kits 122

71 Series Miniature FRL Service Kits 122

600 Series Filter Service Kits 122

800 Series Precision Pneumatic Controls Service Kits 123

APPC3 Air System Analyzer Filter Replacement Kits 123

Lockout Valve Service Kits 123

Reclassifier Service Kits 123

FRL Products and Accessories

119FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 121: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

120 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FLEXIBLOK®

FRL 14 Series FLEXIBLOK™

14 Series Service Kits

Element Replacement Kits

includes filter element only

kit # description

EKF12B 14 Series, 5 micron element

Filter Repair Kitsincludes Turbo-Flo, element retainer, quiet zone

baffle, deflector retainer

kit # description

RKF12B 14 Series, 5 micron element

Bowl Replacement Kits

includes bowl and o-ring

kit # description

BKF12 14 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKF12M 14 Series, metal bowl

To order the bowl replacement kit with a drain, specify the

drain suffix in the kit number (keeping suffixes in alphabeti-

cal order). For example, to order an flexible drain with a

BKF12 kit, order as BKF12B. To order an external pulse

drain with a BKF12M kit, order as BKF12JM. Drain suffixes

are as follows: B=flexible drain, J=external pulse drain,

Q=metal manual drain, R=manual lever drain. See page

106 for additional drain option information.

Replacement Drain Kitskit # description

BKF02 flexible drain (includes drain ass’y)

DKF02 standard drain (inc. drain ass’y)

JKF02 external pulse drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

QKF02 metal manual drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

RKF02 manual lever drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

FLEXIBLOK®® Particulate Filter

Regulator Repair Kits

includes bonnet and adjustment knob

kit # description

RKC14 14 Series, cage kit

Piston Repair Kits

includes piston, U-cup seal, relief seal

kit # description

PKR14R 14 Series, relieving kit

PKR14N 14 Series, non-relieving kit

Replacement Adjustment Knob

Kits

includes adjustment knob only

kit # description

R12-03 14 Series, adjustment knob

Mounting Brackets

includes bracket and panel nut

kit # description

PK12 14 Series mounting bracket

Lubricator Dome Repair Kitsincludes adjustment knob and adjustment

assembly

kit # description

RKL12T 14 Series, lub. dome repair kit

Bowl Replacement Kits

includes bowl and o-ring

kit # description

BKL12 14 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKL12M 14 Series, metal bowl

To order the bowl replacement kit with a drain or button-

head fill, specify the appropriate suffix in the kit number

(keeping suffixes in alphabetical order). For example, to

order a drain with a BKL12 kit, order as BKF12K. To order

a buttonhead fill with a BKL12M kit, order as BKL12FM.

Drain suffixes are as follows: F=buttonhead fill, K=drain.

Replacement Adjustment Knob

Kits

includes adjustment knob only

kit # description

L32-06 14 Series, adjustment knob

FLEXIBLOK®® Regulator

FLEXIBLOK®® Coalescing Filter/Regulator

FLEXIBLOK®® Particulate Filter/Regulator

FLEXIBLOK®® Lubricator

FLEXIBLOK®® Coalescing Filter

Element Replacement Kits

includes filter element only

kit # description

EKF12C 14 Series, .7 micron element

EKF12CD 14 Series, .7 micron element with

prefilter

EKF12D 14 Series, .3 micron element

EKF12DD 14 Series, .3 micron element with

prefilter

EKF12E 14 Series, .1 micron element

EKF12ED 14 Series, .1 micron element with

prefilter

EKF12F 14 Series, adsorbing element

Bowl Replacement Kits

includes bowl and o-ring

kit # description

BKF12 14 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKF12M 14 Series, metal bowl

To order the bowl replacement kit with a drain, specify the

drain suffix in the kit number (keeping suffixes in alphabeti-

cal order). For example, to order an flexible drain with a

BKF12 kit, order as BKF12B. To order an external pulse

drain with a BKF12M kit, order as BKF12JM. Drain suffixes

are as follows: B=flexible drain, J=external pulse drain,

Q=metal manual drain, R=manual lever drain. See page

106 for additional drain option information.

Replacement Drain Kitskit # description

BKF02 flexible drain (includes drain ass’y)

DKF02 standard drain (inc. drain ass’y)

QKF02 metal manual drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

JKF02 external pulse drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

RKF02 manual lever drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

FLEXIBLOK®® Coalescing Filter (con’t)

Shut-Off Valve Repair Kitsincludes slide and 2 o-rings

kit # description

RKSV14 14 Series, shut-off valve repair kit

FLEXIBLOK®® Shut-Off Valve

Screw & O-Ring Replacement Kits

kit # description

KG14 14 Series, inc. 2 screws, 1 o-ring

(M4 x 12mm)

KGB14 14 Series bulk pack, inc. 100

screws, 50 o-rings (M4 x 12mm)

FLEXIBLOK®® Screws & O-Rings

DPI Replacement Kits

includes DPI assembly

kit # description

PAR14-23 14 Series DPI replacement kit

Element Replacement Kits

includes filter element only

kit # description

EKF12B 14 Series, 5 micron element

Filter Repair Kitsincludes Turbo-Flo, element retainer, quiet zone

baffle, deflector retainer

kit # description

RKF12B 14 Series, 5 micron element

Bowl Replacement Kits

includes bowl and o-ring

kit # description

BKF12 14 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKF12M 14 Series, metal bowl

To order the bowl replacement kit with a drain, specify the

drain suffix in the kit number (keeping suffixes in alphabeti-

cal order). For example, to order an flexible drain with a

BKF12 kit, order as BKF12B. To order an external pulse

drain with a BKF12M kit, order as BKF12JM. Drain suffixes

are as follows: B=flexible drain, J=external pulse drain,

Q=metal manual drain, R=manual lever drain. See page

106 for additional drain option information.

Replacement Drain Kitskit # description

BKF02 flexible drain (includes drain ass’y)

DKF02 standard drain (inc. drain ass’y)

JKF02 external pulse drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

QKF02 metal manual drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

RKF02 manual lever drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

Element Replacement Kits

includes filter element only

kit # description

EKF12C 14 Series, .7 micron element

EKF12CD 14 Series, .7 micron element with

prefilter

FLEXIBLOK®® Coal. Filter/Reg. (con’t)

Element Replacement Kits (con’t)EKF12D 14 Series, .3 micron element

EKF12DD 14 Series, .3 micron element with

prefilter

EKF12E 14 Series, .1 micron element

EKF12ED 14 Series, .1 micron element with

prefilter

EKF12F 14 Series, adsorbing element

Bowl Replacement Kits

includes bowl and o-ring

kit # description

BKF12 14 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKF12M 14 Series, metal bowl

To order the bowl replacement kit with a drain, specify the

drain suffix in the kit number (keeping suffixes in alphabeti-

cal order). For example, to order an flexible drain with a

BKF12 kit, order as BKF12B. To order an external pulse

drain with a BKF12M kit, order as BKF12JM. Drain suffixes

are as follows: B=flexible drain, J=external pulse drain,

Q=metal manual drain, R=manual lever drain. See page

106 for additional drain option information.

Replacement Drain Kitskit # description

BKF02 flexible drain (includes drain ass’y)

DKF02 standard drain (inc. drain ass’y)

JKF02 external pulse drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

QKF02 metal manual drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

RKF02 manual lever drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

Page 122: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics FRL Service Kits FLEXIBLOK®

12/22/32 Series Service Kits

Element Replacement Kits

includes filter element only

kit # description

EKF12B 12 Series, 5 micron element

EKF22B 22 Series, 5 micron element

EKF32B 32 Series, 5 micron element

Filter Repair Kitsincludes Turbo-Flo, element retainer, quiet zone

baffle, deflector retainer

kit # description

RKF12B 12 Series, 5 micron element

RKF22B 22 Series, 5 micron element

RKF32B 32 Series, 5 micron element

Bowl Replacement Kits

includes bowl and o-ring

kit # description

BKF12 12 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKF12M 12 Series, metal bowl

BKF22 22 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKF22C 22 Series, CircleVision™ bowl

BKF22M 22 Series, metal bowl

BKF32 32 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKF32C 32 Series, CircleVision™ bowl

BKF32M 32 Series, metal bowl

To order the bowl replacement kit with a drain, specify the

drain suffix in the kit number (keeping suffixes in alphabeti-

cal order). For example, to order an autodrain with a

BKF22 kit, order as BKF22A. To order an external pulse

drain with a BKF32M kit, order as BKF32JM. Drain suffixes

are as follows: A=autodrain, B=flexible drain, J=external

pulse drain, Q=metal manual drain, R=manual lever drain.

See page 106 for additional drain option information.

Replacement Drain Kitskit # description

AKF02 auto float drain kit (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

BKF02 flexible drain (includes drain ass’y)

DKF02 standard drain (inc. drain ass’y)

JKF02 external pulse drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

QKF02 metal manual drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

RKF02 manual lever drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

FLEXIBLOK®® Particulate Filter

Regulator Repair Kits

includes bonnet and adjustment knob

kit # description

RKC12 12 Series, cage kit

RKC22 22 Series, cage kit

RKC32 32 Series, cage kit

Diaphragm Repair Kitsincludes diaphragm and inner valve

kit # description

RKR12R 12 Series, relieving kit

RKR22R 22 Series, relieving kit

RKR32R 32 Series, relieving kit

RKR12N 12 Series, non-relieving kit

RKR22N 22 Series, non-relieving kit

RKR32N 32 Series, non-relieving kit

Piston Repair Kits

includes piston, U-cup seal, relief seal

kit # description

PKR12R 12 Series, relieving kit

PKR22R 22 Series, relieving kit

PKR32R 32 Series, relieving kit

PKR12N 12 Series, non-relieving kit

PKR22N 22 Series, non-relieving kit

PKR32N 32 Series, non-relieving kit

see individual particulate filter and regulator sec-

tions as applicable.

see individual coalescing filter and regulator sec-

tions as applicable.

Lubricator Dome Repair Kitsincludes adjustment knob and adjustment

assembly

kit # description

RKL12T 12 Series, lub. dome repair kit or

22 Series, lub. dome repair kit or

32 Series, lub. dome repair kit

Bowl Replacement Kits

includes bowl and o-ring

kit # description

BKL12 12 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKL12M 12 Series, metal bowl

BKL22 22 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKL22C 22 Series, CircleVision™ bowl

BKL22M 22 Series, metal bowl

BKL32 32 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKL32C 32 Series, CircleVision™ bowl

BKL32M 32 Series, metal bowl

To order the bowl replacement kit with a drain or button-

head fill, specify the appropriate suffix in the kit number

(keeping suffixes in alphabetical order). For example, to

order a drain with a BKL12 kit, order as BKF12K. To order

a buttonhead fill with a BKL22M kit, order as BKL22FM.

Drain suffixes are as follows: F=buttonhead fill, K=drain.

Replacement Adjustment Knob

Kits

includes adjustment knob only

kit # description

L32-06 12 Series, adjustment knob or

22 Series, adjustment knob or

32 Series, adjustment knob

Diaphragm Repair Kitsincludes relieving diaphragm, non-relieving

diaphragm, inner valve

kit # description

RKW22 22 Series, pilot operated regulator

repair kit

RKW32 32 Series, pilot operated regulator

repair kit

Solenoid Replacement Kitsincludes coil only (fits 22 or 32 Series)

NOTE: Numatics FRL does not recommend the

disassembly of a solenoid soft start unit out-

side of our factory.

kit # description

SKS02AE 110V (22 or 32 Series)

SKS02AF 230V (22 or 32 Series)

SKS02AJ 24V AC (22 or 32 Series)

SKS02AK 24V DC (22 or 32 Series)

FLEXIBLOK®® Regulator

FLEXIBLOK®® Coalescing Filter/Regulator

FLEXIBLOK®® Particulate Filter/Regulator

FLEXIBLOK®® Lubricator

FLEXIBLOK®® Pilot Operated Regulator

FLEXIBLOK®® Sol. Soft Start Quick Exhaust

Element Replacement Kits

(continued)kit # description

EKF32E 32 Series, .1 micron element

EKF32ED 32 Series, .1 micron element with

prefilter

EKF32F 32 Series, adsorbing element

Bowl Replacement Kits

includes bowl and o-ring

kit # description

BKF12 12 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKF12M 12 Series, metal bowl

BKF22 22 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKF22C 22 Series, CircleVision™ bowl

BKF22M 22 Series, metal bowl

BKF32 32 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKF32C 32 Series, CircleVision™ bowl

BKF32M 32 Series, metal bowl

To order the bowl replacement kit with a drain, specify the

drain suffix in the kit number (keeping suffixes in alphabeti-

cal order). For example, to order an autodrain with a

BKF22 kit, order as BKF22A. To order an external pulse

drain with a BKF32M kit, order as BKF32JM. Drain suffixes

are as follows: A=autodrain, B=flexible drain, J=external

pulse drain, Q=metal manual drain, R=manual lever drain.

See page 106 for additional drain option information.

Replacement Drain Kitskit # description

AKF02 auto float drain kit (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

BKF02 flexible drain (includes drain ass’y)

DKF02 standard drain (inc. drain ass’y)

QKF02 metal manual drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

JKF02 external pulse drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

RKF02 manual lever drain (inc. drain,

bushing, clip, o-ring)

DPI Replacement Kits

includes DPI assembly

kit # description

PAF22-23 22 Series DPI replacement kit

PAF32-23 32 Series DPI replacement kit

FLEXIBLOK®® Coalescing Filter

Element Replacement Kits

includes filter element only

kit # description

EKF12C 12 Series, .7 micron element

EKF12CD 12 Series, .7 micron element with

prefilter

EKF12D 12 Series, .3 micron element

EKF12DD 12 Series, .3 micron element with

prefilter

EKF12E 12 Series, .1 micron element

EKF12ED 12 Series, .1 micron element with

prefilter

EKF12F 12 Series, adsorbing element

EKF22C 22 Series, .7 micron element

EKF22CD 22 Series, .7 micron element with

prefilter

EKF22D 22 Series, .3 micron element

EKF22DD 22 Series, .3 micron element with

prefilter

EKF22E 22 Series, .1 micron element

EKF22ED 22 Series, .1 micron element with

prefilter

EKF22F 22 Series, adsorbing element

EKF32C 32 Series, .7 micron element

EKF32CD 32 Series, .7 micron element with

prefilter

EKF32D 32 Series, .3 micron element

EKF32DD 32 Series, .3 micron element with

prefilter

FLEXIBLOK®® Coalescing Filter (con’t)

Replacement Adjustment Knob

Kits

includes adjustment knob only

kit # description

R12-03 12 Series, adjustment knob

R22-03 22 Series, adjustment knob

R32-03 32 Series, adjustment knob

FLEXIBLOK®® Regulator (con’t)

121FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 123: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

122 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FRL Service Kits Service Kits

Shut-Off Valve Repair Kitsincludes slide and 2 o-rings

kit # description

RKSV12 12 Series, shut-off valve repair kit

22 and 32 Series repair kits not available

FLEXIBLOK®® Shut-Off Valve

Element Replacement Kitsincludes filter element only

kit # description

EKF50A 50 Series, 40 micron element

EKF50B 50 Series, 5 micron element

Filter Repair Kitsincludes Turbo-Flo, element retainer, quiet zone

baffle, deflector retainer

kit # description

RKF50 50 Series, filter repair kit

Bowl Replacement Kits

includes bowl, o-ring, locking ring

kit # description

BKF50A 50 Series, 02,03,04 Series bowl

BKF50B 50 Series, 06,08,10,12 Series bowl

Sight Glass Repair Kit

includes tube and 2 o-rings

kit # description

SKFL50 50 Series, sight glass repair kit

50 Series High Flow Filter

Regulator Repair Kitsincludes diaphragm and inner valve

kit # description

RKR48RA for R50R-02, (relieving) or

for R50R-03, (relieving)

RKR48RB for R50R-04, (relieving)

RKR50RA for R50R-06, (relieving) or

for R50R-08, (relieving)

RKR50RB for R50R-10, (relieving) or

for R50R-12, (relieving)

RKR48NA for R50N-02, (non-relieving) or

for R50N-03, (non-relieving)

RKR48NB for R50N-04, (non-relieving)

RKR50NA for R50N-06, (non-relieving) or

for R50N-08, (non-relieving)

RKR50NB for R50N-10, (non-relieving) or

for R50N-12, (non-relieving)

50 Series High Flow Regulator

Regulator Repair Kits

(continued)kit # description

RKW50RB for R50W-04, (relieving)

RKW50RC for R50W-06, (relieving) or

for R50W-08, (relieving)

RKW50RD for R50W-10, (relieving) or

for R50W-12, (relieving)

RKW50RE for R50W-16, (relieving) or

for R50W-20, (relieving)

RKW50NA for R50W-02N, (non-relieving) or

for R50W-03N, (non-relieving)

RKW50NB for R50W-04N, (non-relieving)

RKW50NC for R50W-06N, (non-relieving) or

for R50W-08N, (non-relieving)

RKW50ND for R50W-10N, (non-relieving) or

for R50W-12N, (non-relieving)

RKW50NE for R50W-16N, (non-relieving) or

for R50W-20N, (non-relieving)

Lubricator Repair Kitsincludes needle adjustment ass’y, o-ring,

adjustment cap

kit # description

RKL50 50 Series, lubricator repair kit

Bowl Replacement Kits

includes bowl, o-ring, locking ring

kit # description

BKL50A 50 Series, 02,03,04 Series bowl

BKL50B 50 Series, 06,08,10,12 Series bowl

Sight Glass Repair Kit

includes tube and 2 o-rings

kit # description

SKFL50 50 Series, sight glass repair kit

Replacement Adjustment Knob

Kits

includes adjustment knob only

kit # description

LP50 50 Series, adjustment knob

50 Series High Flow Lubricator

Element Replacement Kitsincludes filter element only

kit # description

EKF20A 70 Series, 40 micron element

EKF20B 70 Series, 5 micron element

70 Series Stainless Steel Particulate Filter

Element Replacement Kitsincludes filter element only

kit # description

EKF10A 71 Series, 40 micron element

EKF10B 71 Series, 5 micron element

71 Series Stainless Steel Particulate Filter

Regulator Repair Kitsincludes diaphragm and inner valve

kit # description

RKR71R 71 Series, regulator repair kit

71 Series Stainless Steel Regulator

Element Replacement Kitsincludes filter element only

kit # description

EKF10C 71 Series, .7 micron element

EKF10CD 71 Series, .7 micron element with

prefilter

EKF10D 71 Series, .3 micron element

EKF10DD 71 Series, .3 micron element with

prefilter

EKF10E 71 Series, .1 micron element

EKF10ED 71 Series, .1 micron element with

prefilter

EKF10F 71 Series, adsorbing element

71 Series Stainless Steel Coalescing Filter

Element Replacement Kitsincludes filter element only

kit # description

EKF20C 70 Series, .7 micron element

EKF20CD 70 Series, .7 micron element with

prefilter

EKF20D 70 Series, .3 micron element

EKF20DD 70 Series, .3 micron element with

prefilter

EKF20E 70 Series, .1 micron element

EKF20ED 70 Series, .1 micron element with

prefilter

EKF20F 70 Series, adsorbing element

70 Series Stainless Steel Coalescing Filter

Regulator Repair Kits

kit # description

RKC70 70 Series, cage kit (inc. adjustment

knob and spring cage)

RKR70R 70 Series, (inc. relieving diaphragm

and inner valve)

RKR70N 70 Series, (inc. non-relieving

diaphragm and inner valve)

70 Series Stainless Steel Regulator

Lubricator Repair Kitsincludes adjustment assembly

kit # description

RKL70 70 Series, lubricator repair kit

70 Series Stainless Steel Lubricator

Screw & O-Ring Replacement Kits

kit # description

KAVS12-06 12 Series, inc. 2 81mm tie rods,

2 106mm tie rods, 4 nuts

BKAVS12-06 12 Series, inc. 20 81mm tie

rods, 20 106mm tie rods, 40 nuts

KG12 12 Series, inc. 2 screws, 1 o-ring

(M4 x 12mm)

KGB12 12 Series bulk pack, inc. 100

screws, 50 o-rings (M4 x 12mm)

KG22 22 Series, inc. 2 screws, 1 o-ring

(M5 x 12mm)

KGB22 22 Series bulk pack, inc. 100

screws, 50 o-rings (M5 x 12mm)

KG32 32 Series, inc. 2 screws, 1 o-ring

(M6 x 16mm)

KGB32 32 Series bulk pack, inc. 100

screws, 50 o-rings (M6 x 16mm)

FLEXIBLOK®® Screws & O-Rings

50 Series High Flow Pilot Operated Regulator

Diaphragm Repair Kitsincludes upper diaphragm, lower diaphragm,

inner valve

kit # description

RKW50RA for R50W-02, (relieving) or

for R50W-03, (relieving)

50 Series High Flow Pilot Operated Regulator (con’t)

600 Series High Flow Filters

Element Replacement Kitsincludes filter element only

kit # description

EKF607G F607 Series, 3 micron element

EKF608G F608 Series, 3 micron element

EKF612G F612 Series, 3 micron element

EKF624GA F624 Series, 3 micron element

EKF624GB F624 Series, 3 micron element

EKF607C F607 Series, .7 micron element

EKF607CD F607 Series, .7 micron element

with prefilter

EKF608C F608 Series, .7 micron element

EKF608CD F608 Series, .7 micron element

with prefilter

EKF612CA F612 Series, .7 micron element

EKF612CB F612 Series, .7 micron element

EKF612CAD F612 Series, .7 micron element

with prefilter

EKF612CBD F612 Series, .7 micron element

with prefilter

EKF624CA F624 Series, .7 micron element

EKF624CB F624 Series, .7 micron element

EKF624CAD F624 Series, .7 micron element

with prefilter

EKF624CBD F624 Series, .7 micron element

with prefilter

EKF610D F610 Series, .3 micron element

EKF610DD F610 Series, .3 micron element

with prefilter

EKF612D F612 Series, .3 micron element

EKF612DD F612 Series, .3 micron element

with prefilter

EKF624DA F624 Series, .3 micron element

EKF624DB F624 Series, .3 micron element

EKF624DAD F624 Series, .3 micron element

with prefilter

EKF624DBD F624 Series, .3 micron element

with prefilter

EKF634DA F634 Series, .3 micron element

EKF634DB F634 Series, .3 micron element

EKF634DAD F634 Series, .3 micron element

with prefilter

Page 124: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics FRL Service Kits Service Kits

Element Replacement Kits

(continued)kit # description

EKF634DBD F634 Series, .3 micron element

with prefilter

EKF610E F610 Series, .1 micron element

EKF610ED F610 Series, .1 micron element

with prefilter

EKF612E F612 Series, .1 micron element

EKF612ED F612 Series, .1 micron element

with prefilter

EKF624EA F624 Series, .1 micron element

EKF624EB F624 Series, .1 micron element

EKF624EAD F624 Series, .1 micron element

with prefilter

EKF624EBD F624 Series, .1 micron element

with prefilter

EKF634EA F634 Series, .1 micron element

EKF634EB F634 Series, .1 micron element

EKF634EAD F634 Series, .1 micron element

with prefilter

EKF634EBD F634 Series, .1 micron element

with prefilter

EKF610F F610 Series, adsorbing element

EKF612F F612 Series, adsorbing element

EKF624FA F624 Series, adsorbing element

EKF624FB F624 Series, adsorbing element

EKF634FA F624 Series, adsorbing element

EKF634FB F634 Series, adsorbing element

Bowl Replacement Kitsplease contact Numatics FRL for bowl replace-

ment information

600 Series High Flow Filters (con’t)

Lockout Valve O-Ring

Replacement Kitsincludes 1 o-ring (3 needed for each lockout)

kit # description

126-323 for VL30 and VT30 Series

126-324 for VL40 and VT40 Series

126-323 for MVL30 Series

126-324 for VL52 and VT52 Series

Each kit contains one o-ring, however, a lockout valve con-

tains 3 o-rings total. To replace all o-rings in a lockout, 3

kits are needed.

Lockout Valves

Element Replacement Kitsincludes filter element only

kit # description

EKF30H 30 Series, 1 micron coalescer

EKF40H 40 Series, 1 micron coalescer

Bowl Replacement Kitsincludes bowl and o-ring

kit # description

BKF30 30 Series, polycarbonate bowl

BKF30C 30 Series, CircleVision™ bowl

BKF30M 30 Series, metal bowl

BKC40 40 Series, polycarbonate bowl

Reclassifiers

Electropneumatic Transducers

Electropneumatic Transducer

Repair Kitsincludes upper diaphragm, lower diaphragm,

and o-rings

kit # description

RKR831BC for 3-15 and 3-27 pressure range

models

RKR831EF for 2-60 and 3-120 pressure range

models

Air System Analyzer

Air System Analyzer Replacement

Kits

kit # description

APPC3-1 box with insert

APPC3-2 magnifier

APPC3-3 flashlight

APPC3-4 inline filter holder

APPC3-5 shut off valve

APPC3-6 gauge

APPC3-7 diffuser disc

APPC3-8 15 .4 micronfilter elements

APPC3-9 filter holder o-ring

APPC3-10 air chuck

Precision Regulators

Precision Regulator Repair Kitsincludes diaphragms and o-rings

kit # description

RKR800D for 2-40 pressure range models

RKR800E for 2-60 pressure range models

RKR800F for 2-120 pressure range models

RKR820F for 2-120 pressure range models

Replacement Adjustment Knob

Kitsincludes adjustment knob only

kit # description

RP8002 for R800 and R820 models

High Flow Precision Regulators

High Flow Precision Regulator

Repair Kitsincludes diaphragms and o-rings

kit # description

RKR880A for 0-2 pressure range models

RKR880B for 0-15 pressure range models

RKR880C for 0-30 pressure range models

RKR880E for 1-60 pressure range models

RKR880F for 2-150 pressure range models

RKR881 for back pressure regulator

Instrument Air Regulators

Instrument Air Regulator Repair

Kitsincludes diaphragms and o-rings

kit # description

RKR89 for all models

Replacement Adjustment Knob

Kitsincludes adjustment knob only

kit # description

RP81 for R880 models

High Flow Precision Regulators (con’t)

123FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 125: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics FRL Service Kits Service Kits

124 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 126: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics FRL Service Kits Service Kits

125FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 127: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

126 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FRL Service Kits Service Kits

Page 128: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

127FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Numatics FRL Service Kits Service Kits

Page 129: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Numatics Incorporated Standard warranty

We’re everywhere you need us to be!

Standard Warranty

The following warranty is in lieu of all warranties,

implied or statutory, including but not limited to any

applied warranty of merchantability, application, or

fitness for a particular purpose and any other war-

ranty obligation on the part of Numatics Inc.

Numatics warrants that its products are free from

defects in materials and workmanship for a period

of one (1) year from the date of shipment to the

original purchaser. This warranty does not apply to

normal items such as seals and bearing compo-

nents, etc. This warranty shall be voided and does

not apply to any products which have been subject

to misuse, misapplication, negligence, accident,

modification, or tampering, nor (without limiting the

foregoing) shall it apply to Numatics product com-

ponents used other than in Numatics products for

which the same were designed.

The obligation to Numatics under this warranty is

limited to replacement or repair of any defective

Numatics part or product determined by our

inspection to be a valid warranty claim, or at the

discretion of Numatics credit for a refund of the

purchase price of the product involved. Numatics

reserves the right to examine the goods at the

buyer’s site, or issue shipping instructions for

return to Numatics, transportation charges prepaid

by the buyer.

The warranty set forth above is the only warranty

made by Numatics and shall not be enlarged,

diminished, or modified by, and no obligation or lia-

bility shall arise out of the rendering of technical

advice or service by Numatics in connection with

the sales of the product.

Numatics reserves the right to make changes in

designs and specifications without notice. All tech-

nical data and published dimensions are sufficient-

ly accurate for general use. However, Numatics

assumes no liability for possible errors and omis-

sions.

Numatics Incorporated

1450 North Milford Road

Highland, Michigan 48357-4560

(248) 887-4111

fax (248) 887-9190

www.numatics.com

128 FRLs AND ACCESSORIES

Page 130: Visit Numatics on the Web at:  · 2013-08-24 · 83 Series Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 85 Series Miniature Electropneumatic Transducers (I/P,E/P) 87Series Ratio Relay Volume

Air Preparation Group3309 John Conley DriveLapeer, Michigan 48446

(810) 667-3900Fax (810) 667-3902

Numatics Incorporated1450 North Milford Road

Highland, Michigan 48357-4560

(248) 887-4111Fax (248) 887-9190

LTFRLPROD-3

Visit Numatics on the Web at:

www.numatics.com· Order Online ·

· View, Download or Print Catalogs ·

· Download CAD Models ·

· Locate Your Local Distributor ·

· Training Information ·

· Engineering Tools ·